Order Pre/2052/2015, On 1 October, Which Are Updated Fourteen Vocational Professional Family Production Mechanics, Collected In The National Catalogue Of Professional Qualifications, Established By Royal Decree 2...

Original Language Title: Orden PRE/2052/2015, de 1 de octubre, por la que se actualizan catorce cualificaciones profesionales de la familia profesional Fabricación Mecánica, recogidas en el Catálogo Nacional de Cualificaciones Profesionales, establecidas por Real Decreto 2...

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now

Read the untranslated law here: http://www.boe.es/buscar/doc.php?id=BOE-A-2015-10773

Organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, qualifications and vocational training, aims in the management of an integrated system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, to respond with efficiency and transparency to the social and economic demands through training practices. To do so, creates the national system of qualifications and vocational training, defining it in article 2.1 as a set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of offers of training, through the national catalogue of professional qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in such a way that it promotes professional and social development of the people and the needs of the production system are covered.

The national catalogue of professional qualifications, according to article 7.1, is created with the purpose of facilitating the integrated nature and the adequacy between vocational training and the labour market, as well as lifelong training, the mobility of workers and the labour market unit. This catalogue is constituted by the qualifications identified in the productive system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Article 5.3 of the organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, attributed to the National Institute of qualifications, the responsibility to define, develop and keep updated the national catalogue of professional qualifications, in his capacity as technical support body to the Council General of vocational training, whose regulatory development contained in article 9(2) of the Royal Decree 1128 / 2003 , 5 September, which regulates the national catalogue of professional qualifications, establishing in its article 9.4, the obligation to keep it permanently updated through periodic review which, in any case, must be made within a period not exceeding five years from the date of inclusion of the qualification in the catalog.

This order is issued pursuant to the Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September, which lays down the specific aspects of professional qualifications for as amended, procedure of approval and effects is therefore implementation article 7.3 of the organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, qualifications and vocational training who in their processing obtained opinion of the Council of State number 618/2014, July 23, 2014.

Thus, in the present order is updated, by replacing complete its annexes, fourteen professional qualifications of professional family production mechanics with an antique in the national catalogue of professional qualifications equal to or more than five years, that are implementing Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September. In addition, modify partially certain professional qualifications, by replacing certain transversal competence units and training modules associated, included in up-to-date professional qualifications listed in the annexes of this order.

In the process of elaboration of this order the autonomous communities have been consulted and they have issued report the General Council for vocational training and the State School Board.

In his virtue, a joint proposal from the Minister of education, culture and sport and Minister of employment and Social Security, have: article 1. Object and scope of application.

This ministerial order aims to update fourteen professional qualifications corresponding to the professional family production mechanics, leading to the replacement of the relevant annexes, and modify partially certain professional qualifications through the substitution of certain units of competence and training modules associated, in application of the Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September, which establishes the specific aspects of professional whose modification qualifications procedure of approval and effects of application article 7.3 of the organic law 5/2002, of 19 June, qualifications and vocational training.

Up-to-date professional qualifications and the partially modified by this procedure are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory, and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Update of certain professional qualifications of professional family manufacturing mechanics, established by Royal Decree 295/2004, of 20 February, which establishes certain professional qualifications that are included in the national catalogue of professional qualifications, as well as its relevant training modules which are incorporated into the catalogue modular vocational training.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February, we proceed to update professional skills, whose specifications are contained in annex XXXI, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXVI, XXXVII, XXXVIII and XXXIX of the aforementioned Royal Decree: one. A new wording is given at annex XXXI, professional qualification «Auxiliary mechanical manufacturing operations». Level 1. FME031_1, which appears as annex I of this order.

Two. A new wording is given at annex XXXII, professional qualification «Machining by chip». Level 2. FME032_2, which appears as annex II to this order.

Three. A new wording is given at Annex XXXIII, professional qualification «Machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures». Level 2. FME033_2, which appears as annex III to the present order.

Four. A new wording is given to annex XXXIV, 'Machining by cutting and forming' professional qualification. Level 2. FME034_2, which appears as annex IV of this order.

5. A new wording is given to annex XXXVI, professional qualification «Surface treatments». Level 2. FME036_2, which appears as annex V of the present order.

6. A new wording is given at Annex XXXVII, 'Design of mechanical manufacturing products' professional qualification. Level 3. FME037_3, which appears as annex VI to the present order.

7. A new wording is given at Annex XXXVIII, 'Processing of sheet metal tooling design' professional qualification. Level 3. FME038_3, which appears as annex VII of this order.

8. A new wording is given at Annex XXXIX, 'Design of moulds and models' professional qualification. Level 3. FME039_3, which appears as annex VIII of this order.

Article 3. Updating of professional qualifications established by Royal Decree 813/2007, of 22 June, whereby the national catalogue of professional qualifications, is complemented by the establishment of a professional qualification relevant to family professional manufacture mechanics.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of Royal Decree 813/2007, of 22 June, we proceed to the update of the professional qualification, whose specifications are contained in the annex CCLIV of the aforementioned Royal Decree: a new wording is given to annex CCLIV, professional qualification «Design in the shipbuilding industry». Level 3. FME254_3, which appears as annex IX to the present order.

Article 4. Update of certain professional qualifications of the professional family production mechanics, established by Royal Decree 1699 / 2007, of December 14, whereby the national catalogue of professional qualifications, is complemented by the establishment of eight professional qualifications of the professional mechanical manufacturing family.

Pursuant to the sole additional provision of Royal Decree 813/2007, of 22 June, we proceed to update professional skills, whose specifications are contained in annexes CCCLI, CCCLII, CCCLIII, CCCLV and CCCLVI of the aforementioned Royal Decree: one. A new wording is given at Annex CCCLI, 'Manufacturing and industrial pipe installations' professional qualification. Level 2. FME351_2, which appears as annex X of this order.

Two. A new wording is given to annex CCCLII, professional qualification "Mounting and commissioning of equipment and industrial machinery". Level 2. FME352_2, which appears as annex XI of this order.

Three. A new wording is given to annex CCCLIII, professional qualification «Heat treatments on mechanical manufacture». Level 2. FME353_2, which appears as annex XII of this order.

Four. A new wording is given to annex CCCLV, «Industrial design» professional qualification. Level 3. FME355_3, which appears as annex XIII of this order.

5. A new wording is given to annex CCCLVI, professional qualification «Production in mechanical manufacturing management». Level 3. FME356_3, which appears as annex XIV of this order.

Article 5. Partial modification of professional qualifications established by Royal Decree 1699 / 2007, of December 14, whereby the national catalogue of professional qualifications, is complemented by the establishment of eight professional qualifications of the professional mechanical manufacturing family.


Pursuant to the sole additional provision of the Royal Decree 1699 / 2007, of December 14, proceeds to update the professional qualification whose specifications are contained in annex CCCLIV of the aforementioned Royal Decree: professional qualifications amending established as «annex CCCLIV: design of boiler making and metal structures.» Level 3. FME354_3» respectively, replacing the unit's competition «UC1148_3: draw up the technical documentation of the products of metal constructions» and associated training module «MF1148_3: technical documentation for products of metal constructions (180 h)» by the unit's competition «UC1148_3: draw up the technical documentation of the products of metal constructions» and associated training module «MF1148_3: technical documentation for products of metal constructions (180 h)» corresponding to the «annex XIII: industrial piping design.» Level 3. FME355_3» of this order.

First final provision. Skill-related title.

This order is issued by virtue of the powers which attributes to the State the article 149.1.1. 2nd and 30th of the Constitution, on regulation of the basic conditions that guarantee the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of the constitutional duties, and for the regulation of the conditions of procurement, issuance and recognition of academic and professional qualifications.

Second final provision. Entry into force.

This order shall enter into force the day following its publication in the "Official Gazette".

Madrid, from October 1, 2015.-the Vice-President of the Government and Minister of the Presidency, Soraya Sáenz de Santamaría Antón.

Annex I professional qualification: Operations Assistant of manufacturing mechanical family professional: manufacturing mechanical level: 1 code: FME031_1 general competition perform basic operations of manufacturing, Assembly and installation of mechanisms mechanical equipment and facilities, as well as feed and attend to the automated machining, Assembly and Foundry processes, meeting the quality standards and the regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

Competition UC0087_1 units: basic operations of manufacturing UC0088_1: perform basic operations of mounting environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a private nature, sized businesses small, medium or large, self-employed, irrespective of its legal form. It develops its activity depending on your case, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Productive sectors located in the productive sector of manufacture of metallic and non-metallic products in the sub-sectors of construction of automobiles, construction and ship repair, construction and repair of railway material, construction and repair of aircraft, construction of bicycles and motorcycles as well as manufacture of other transport equipment, mainly.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Pawns of auxiliary manufacturing of automated processes training associate (390 hrs) mechanical machinery assemblers MF0087_1 training modules: (210 hours) MF0088_1 manufacturing operations: Assembly (180 hours) unit of competition 1: perform operations basic manufacturing level: 1 code: UC0087_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare useful, tools, machines and equipment for manufacturing processes complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

1.1 CR plans and technical specifications are interpreted according to the standards of graphic representation, obtaining the information required for the process.

CR 1.2 work of their responsibility areas are maintained in clean and ordered, allowing the development of the process in terms of security.

CR 1.3 media, tools and equipment that are to be used they are kept in the conditions of use laid down, ensuring the quality of operations.

1.4 CR machines, ovens and tools are prepared according to procedures and parameters.

2 RP: Operating equipment and tools from basic manufacturing processes, for manufacturing mechanical products, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 manufacturing operations are performed according to the established procedure, guaranteeing the fulfillment of the established technical specifications.

CR 2.2 equipment and tools are regulated, by adjusting parameters of manufacture on the basis of the data established.

2.3 CR tool and machinery of the workshop, used once, cleaned and stored taking into account the conditions of maintenance.

3 RP: Feed and download machines, ovens and automatic systems for the realization of machining, processing or smelting operations, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 automatic machining, processing or smelting processes are fed and discharged according to established procedures.

CR 3.2 operating parameters are adjusted according to the instructions received.

CR 3.3 automatic processes are monitored by checking its correct operation and stopping system before any anomaly that put at risk the quality of the product or the integrity of the system or people.

RP 4: Verify the obtained pieces, to check the quality of the same, using the basic instruments of measurement and control.

CR 4.1 prepare the parts that should be checked, removing burrs and cleaning surfaces, following established procedures.

CR 4.2 calibration of instruments verification checks to ensure the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.3 verification is carried out using the equipment required depending on the characteristics of the piece, following established procedures.

4.4 CR product is valid on the basis of the carried out verification and in accordance with the established quality standards.

Professional context: means of production: instruments of measurement and verification (metro, foot of King, Protractor, micrometer, gauges, scales for weighing, pyrometer, among others). Machines hand tools (drill, MH of second operations, threading, bending machine, folding machine, punching machine, presses, hydraulic Riveter, polishing, deburring machines, among others). Machine tools (lathes, machining centers, grinding machines, presses, transfer lines, SFF, among others). Tools manual of machining (saws, files, males of threading and die). Loading and transport systems. Melting furnaces. Transfer ladles. Moulds and males. Injection machinery.

Products and results: tool and machinery manufacturing-ready. Finished parts by manual procedures of deburring, grinding, polishing, among others. Stamped parts. Parts obtained by automatic machining. Auxiliary machining operations. Assistance to machines and automatic production systems. Assistance to the process of casting. Molten metal. Moulds and sand males. Parts obtained by casting. Verified parts.

Used or generated information: crafting. Work processes. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Metrology procedures.

Unit 2 competition: Perform operations basic Assembly level: 1 code: UC0088_1 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare materials, machinery and elements necessary for making joints, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

1.1 CR plans and technical specifications are interpreted according to the standards of graphic representation, obtaining the information required for the process.

CR 1.2 work of their responsibility areas are maintained in clean and ordered, allowing the development of the process in terms of security.

CR 1.3 media, tools and equipment that are to be used they are kept in the conditions of use laid down, ensuring the quality of operations.

1.4 CR machines and tools are prepared according to procedures and parameters.

2 RP: Join parts using techniques of joints fixed, removable or adhesives, to assemble mechanical manufacturing products, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 media to use are selected according to the operation to be carried out and according to the established procedure.

CR 2.2 assemblies are performed according to the instructions received and guarantee union specifications.

2.3 CR tool and machinery of the workshop, used once, cleaned and stored taking into account the conditions of maintenance.


3 RP: Joining pieces using basic welding techniques, to assemble mechanical manufacturing products, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 parts are prepared following the established procedure, guaranteeing the quality of the welding.

CR 3.2 equipment and materials to be used are selected on the basis of the operation to be carried out and according to the established procedure.

CR 3.3 welding parameters are adjusted depending on parts together and following the instructions received.

CR 3.4 the welding operation is performed according to the instructions above and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.5 CR used equipment and obtained parts are handled and stored according to the procedure laid down, minimizing risk and keeping the team.

4 RP: Check joints carried out, to check the quality of the same, using the basic instruments of measurement and control.

CR 4.1 connections that should be checked are prepared, removing burrs and cleaning surfaces, following established procedures.

CR 4.2 calibration of instruments verification checks to ensure the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.3 verification is carried out using the equipment required depending on the characteristics of the union, following established procedures.

CR 4.4 mounting are valid on the basis of the carried out verification and in accordance with the established quality standards.

Professional context: means of production: lifting and transport devices. Riveting machines. Tools and assembly fixtures. Adhesives. Verification instruments. Electric arc welding equipment. Resistance spot welding equipment.

Products and results: sets attached by screws, rivets, adhesives. Parts welded by resistance, arc-welded parts.

Used or generated information: construction and detail drawings. Rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Specifications for system installation. Instructions of use of adhesives. Metrology procedures. Instructions for use of welding equipment. Instructions for handling and storage of equipment and parts.

TRAINING module 1: operations of manufacturing level: 1 code: MF0087_1 associated with UC: perform basic operations of manufacturing time: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: prepare materials and machines according to information, instructions and technical documentation related to basic manufacturing processes.

CE1.1 interpret information, technical specifications and graphic information about auxiliary machining processes.

CE1.2 describe media, tools and equipment used in auxiliary mechanical manufacturing processes.

CE1.3 prepare tools and machinery necessary for auxiliary mechanical manufacturing processes, taking into account the regulations of risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.4 organize the job carrying out the necessary cleaning and maintenance tasks, taking into account the regulations of risk prevention and protection of the environment.

C2: Perform basic manufacturing operations (drilling, threaded male or threading, deburring, filing, among others) to get pieces or parts of them.

CE2.1 describe the basic operations of manufacturing on the basis of the technical information of the process and operations, operating parameters, useful and tools used, and operation parameters.

CE2.2 interpret parameters of speed, progress, steps, threads or composition, among others, own manufacturing processes.

CE2.3 make basic manufacturing operations in a defined process, taking into account the regulations of risk prevention and protection of the environment.

C3: Analyzing power and discharge of automatic mechanical manufacturing processes, procedures as well as the auxiliary processes in casting, machining, welding, boiler making and treatments, among others.

CE3.1 describe procedures for the supply of automated systems of mechanical manufacture in casting, machining, Assembly, welding, metal fabrication, treatments, or others.

The CE3.2 is to describe the procedures for handling of loads.

CE3.3 describe the auxiliary processes of mechanical manufacturing in foundry, machining, welding, metal fabrication, treatments, among others.

C4: Operate basic measurement and control instruments for checking the quality of the products obtained.

CE4.1 identify and describe basic instruments of measurement and control (calibers limits, Vernier caliper, Squad, dial indicator, marble tile Scriber, goniometer, micrometer, among others) and its operation.

CE4.2 operate with instruments of verification and control according to standardized procedures.

CE4.3 make records and annotations of the measurements.

CE4.4 develop parts of incidents indicating anomalies and deficiencies detected.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; Complete C3.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Demonstrate responsibility to mistakes and failures, paying attention to the improvements that may arise.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. graphic industrial drawing: lines standard, views, cuts, sections and croquizado.

Standards, tolerances, surface finish, among others.

2. auxiliary processes making auxiliary operations and loading and unloading of raw materials and parts in foundry, machining, Assembly, treatments or other processes.

Basic operations of machining (drilling, threading with taps and dies, riveting, filing, deburring, grinding, among others).

3. machines and machine tools and hand tools (drill, second operations tool, threading machine, Bender, folding machine, punching machine, presses, riveters, polishing, deburring machines, among others): applications and how to use.

Systems of feeding and unloading machines.

Auxiliary tools: wrenches, screwdrivers, hammers, tools for cutting, turning and hitting.

Machinery and equipment for handling of loads.

4. instruments of measurement and control instruments of verification (metro, foot of King, micrometer, Protractor, pyrometers, among others).

Verification processes.

5. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment-related legislation of occupational risk prevention applicable to auxiliary mechanical manufacturing operations.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment applicable to auxiliary mechanical manufacturing operations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of basic manufacturing operations, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: Assembly level: 1 code: MF0088_1 associated with UC: perform basic operations of mounting duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: prepare materials, machines and materials, interpreting information, instructions and technical documentation related to Assembly operations.

CE1.1 interpret graphical information: plans, drawings and sketches, identifying views, cuts and sections of the mounting hardware.

CE1.2 identify materials and techniques according to the installation needs to be carried out.

CE1.3 prepare tools and machines carrying out their sharpening and tuning, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE1.4 organize the workstation, performing the tasks of cleaning and maintenance established, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

C2: Mount sets or metal structures by unions fixed or removable, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 relate types of union most suitable for assemblies to install.


CE2.2 make fixed joints: pressed fittings, adhesives, joints for strapping and anchors.

CE2.3 make removable connections using screws and nuts, bolts, washers, pins, keys and tabs.

CE2.4 in a so-called practical of union of parts metal through systems fixed and removable, characterized by them specifications technical of the set:-select the elements and tools to use in the Assembly.

-Ensure the transfer, clamping and positioning of parts.

-Carry out the operations required to obtain fixed joints and removable (drilling, tapping, riveting and stuck locked, folding, among others).

-Check that the unions and the Assembly conform to the required specifications, guaranteeing the quality of the process and the product.

C3: Joining pieces through simple welding by resistance and electric arc, following established procedures and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 list prior to welding operations, justifying its need.

CE3.2 describe welding equipment for resistance and electric arc, indicating the application of the same, the function of each component and the precautions to be taken in their handling.

CE3.3 identify the consumable welding processes employees, explaining its function.

CE3.4 the basic parameters that can be regulated in the teams of welding and its effect on the union.

CE3.5 in a practical course of connection of parts by basic techniques of welding arc, characterized by precise instructions, equipment and raw materials:-prepare the pieces according to the welding can be carried out.

-Select the equipment and the materials required for welding to be carried out.

-Adjust the parameters according to the instructions received.

-Solder the parts applying the rules of labor and environmental risk prevention laid down.

-Collecting equipment and manipulate parts by adopting the measures required to prevent damage.

CE3.6 in a so-called practical of connection of parts by basic techniques of soldering by resistance, characterized by precise instructions, equipment and raw materials:-prepare the pieces according to the welding can be carried out.

-Select the equipment and the materials required for welding to be carried out.

-Adjust the parameters according to the instructions received.

-Solder the parts applying the rules of labor and environmental risk prevention laid down.

-Collecting equipment and manipulate parts by adopting the measures required to prevent damage.

C4: Operate with basic instruments of measurement and control that guarantee the quality of assembled products.

CE4.1 identification and description of measurement and control instruments used in the auxiliary Assembly processes.

CE4.2 Verify dimensions and characteristics of the mounted sets using specific metrology instruments for measurement, according to established procedures.

CE4.3 develop parts of incidents indicating anomalies and deficiencies detected, as well as the undertaken measures.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; C2 regarding CE2.4; C3 on CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other capabilities: keep the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the procedures and the internal rules of the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Comply with the rules of production set by the organization.

Demonstrate responsibility to errors and failures, paying attention to the improvements that may present is.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. graphic industrial design: standard lines, projections, sections and croquizado. Standards, tolerances and surface finishes.

2 removable and fixed technical union and unions mounting.

Fixed joints: pressed fittings, adhesives, joints for strapping and anchors.

Dismountable joints: nuts and bolts: types and applications, bolts, washers, pins, keys and tabs.

3. basic techniques of welding types of electric welding.

Prior to welding operations: preparation of equipment and preparation of surfaces.

Materials and consumables.

Regulation of equipment.

Welding operations: through resistance and electric arc.

4. auxiliary tools keys: types, applications, and how to use.

Screwdrivers: types, applications, and how to use.

Hammers, tools for cutting, turning and hitting: types, applications, and how to use.

5. instruments of verification and control instruments of verification (metro, calibers, square, level, goniometer, among others).

Verification processes.

6. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment with applicable rules of prevention of labour risks applicable to auxiliary Assembly operations.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment applicable to auxiliary Assembly operations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the realization of basic assembly operations in mechanical manufacturing, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex II professional skill: MACHINING by chip professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME032_2 general competence chip startup, perform machining processes controlling the products obtained and responsible for maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition UC0089_2 units: determine machining processes by chip UC0090_2: prepare machines and systems for machining by chip UC0091_2: machined products for chip environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, mainly private entities , in businesses of all sizes, both on their own and of others, irrespective of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors this qualification is located in the sector of processing industries of metals, in the sub-sectors of construction of machinery and mechanical equipment, electrical, electronic and optical equipment, and transport equipment.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Adjusters operator of machine tools machine tools operators lathe milling Mandrinadores programmers of CNC machine tools in machine tools in general preparers and CNC training associate (600 hours) training modules MF0089_2 plant: (120 hours) MF0090_2 chip removal processes: preparation and programming of machines and chip (270 hours) MF0091_2 systems: machining by chip (210 hours) unit of competition 1 : Determine the process of MACHINING by start of chip level: 2 code: UC0089_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: obtain the technical information required for the manufacture, interpreting the drawing of the piece and the blueprint.

CR 1.1 type, characteristics and dimensions of the base of the material that is to be used, are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 thermal and surface treatments that must be applied, are identified in the blueprint.

CR 1.3 the shape and dimensions of the part to obtain and geometric tolerances, surface among others, that delimit the piece to be machined are identified at the level of the piece.

1.4 CR surfaces and reference for machining elements are identified in the blueprint.

2 RP: Establish the machining process based on the plans of cutting and technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of machining.


CR 2.1 the machining phases are determined depending on the geometry of the part.

CR 2.2 cutting tools are determined depending on the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 measuring instruments are determined according to the required tolerances.

CR 2.4 machining operations are determined depending on the geometry, quantity and quality of parts to be achieved, as well as the type of machine being used.

CR 2.5 devices for transport and handling parts are determined depending on the dimensions and weight of the pieces and according to criteria of safety.

CR 2.6 them parameters of machining (speed of court, advance, depth, between others) is selected depending on the machine (type, rigidity, between others), of the material and of them features of the piece that there is that machining, as well as of them tools of cutting (type, material, u others).

CR 2.7 workflow variables are determined based on the results of the calculations.

3 RP: Select tooling and tools required for machining, depending on the type of piece and the machining process.

CR 3.1 tools and equipment are selected according to the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

3.2 CR tools and tools are chosen according to the required quality of the product to manufacture and applying criteria of savings in terms of costs and times of operation.

4 RP: Determine the tools required for attachment of tools and parts, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and fulfilling the objectives of cost.

CR 4.1 the sketch of the tooling is done according to established standards of graphical representation.

CR 4.2 tooling is defined according to the operations of the process, the type of piece and according to criteria of saving costs and manufacturing times.

CR 4.3 tooling is defined according to the required quality of the product to manufacture and taking into account criteria of speed and security operations of disassembly and Assembly.

Professional context: means of production: leaves of processes. Specific applications of computer-aided manufacturing.

Products and results: machining by chip processes: turning, milling, boring and related. Sketch of the tooling. Machining times.

Used or generated information: flat. Leaves of processes. Manual machines and accessories. Cutting parameters. Commercial technical documentation. Rates and terms of materials and resources.

2 competition unit: Prepare machines and systems to proceed to the chip level MACHINING by boot: 2 code: UC0090_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble tools and clamping of parts in accordance with the established process and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

CR 1.1 tools and tooling are prepared depending on the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 Assembly of the useful tools are selected according to the characteristics of the tool, the elements of restraint and the pair of torque that it must be applied.

CR 1.3 tooling and tools are verified, checking that they are in good state of conservation and sharpening, guaranteeing the quality of machining and safety of operation.

CR 1.4 tools, toolholders and workholding tools are regulated in function of the operation to be carried out and the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 1.5 shafts, centers of drills, limits of mechanization, reference, among others, lines are drawn, ensuring the definition of the piece for its machining.

CR 1.6 them elements of transport and lifting for the transfer of parts or equipment, is selected depending on the features of the material that there is that transport and is used in conditions of security.

2 RP: Assemble fittings or machines feeding devices, for machining by chip, according to the order of manufacture and complying with the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 accessories or devices are assembled according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with the applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 lubrication and cooling elements are maintained in terms of use, guaranteeing the quality and safety throughout the process.

CR 2.3 machines feeding devices are placed and regulate, checking the continuity of power, the absence of obstructions, among others, guaranteeing the achievement and safety of the process.

CR 2.4 the process parameters (speed of movement, flow, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the same specifications and taking into account the safety standards.

2.5 CR variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are checked using the instruments required, according to both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 the PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it meets specifications process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the syntax to the team that has to be programmed.

3 RP: Perform the numerical control (CNC) computer program, for machining by chip, from the order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 CNC program is established taking into account the chronological order of operations, the tools that should be used, operating parameters and paths.

CR 3.2 machine programming is performed depending on the type of machining, tool type, speed of work, efforts and machining materials.

CR 3.3 the tool path program taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 simulation of the program or the program test is performed to verify that the machining is viable and that develops in a logical sequence.

3.5 CR CNC program is introduced into the machine through the peripheral devices or transferred from your computer.

4 RP: Perform maintenance on first level of equipment and machining by chip facilities, according to the instruction manual, the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment-friendly.

CR 4.1 elements of measurement and control of the equipment and installations are verified during normal operation to verify the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 damaged or worn items are replaced after the observation of the parameters which indicate the wear or breakdown.

CR 4.3 susceptible of lubrication elements are lubricated with the established periodicity.

CR 4.4 deposits of lubricants are maintained between maximum and minimum, using the lubricants of the characteristics established.

Professional context: means of production: equipment programming and machining by chip-specific computer applications. CNC communication peripherals. Layout tools. Mounting tools. Cutting tools. Metrology instruments.

Products and results: programmed by CNC machines. Machine tools prepared for unit production or small series and machines prepared and scheduled automatic tools for medium-sized or large series. Manufacturing systems prepared for machining by chip.

Used or generated information: crafting. Catalogues of material and tools. Machines, CNC programming and accessories manuals. The processing instructions. Programming instructions. Use maintenance instructions. Characteristics of refrigerants and lubricants. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Unit 3 competition: MECHANIZE the products by start of chip level: 2 code: UC0091_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble parts on the tool, using the tools and supplies established, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 part is mounted on the tool clamping, guaranteeing its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the same and the manufacturing process which is to be submitted.

CR 1.2 part is focused and aligned on the tooling with the precision required in the process.

CR 1.3 mounts are made with established tools and respecting the maximum torque of tightening.

CR 1.4 transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material that must be transported and used safely.

1.5 CR parts and utensils are cleaned, ensuring the correct positioning of these.

2 RP: Machined with machines tools for chip or manufacturing lines, obtaining the required quality and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2.1 CR machining (speed, progress, depth, among others) parameters are adjusted depending on the process, the tool to hone material and used wheel.

CR 2.2 references of positioning tools are set according to the relative position of these with regard to the piece.


CR 2.3 tools wear is checked for its change and correction of routes when necessary.

CR 2.4 the first level maintenance work planned for machinery, facilities or equipment are carried out according to the tabs of maintenance.

3 RP: Verify dimensionally machined products, according to the rules and procedures and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 instruments for verification is selected depending on the type of magnitude and required precision.

CR 3.2 calibration of instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 3.3 obtained part is verified, checking that it conforms to manufacturing tolerances.

CR 3.4 verification is carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in the internal rules of work.

Professional context: means of production: machines for chip tools: lathes, milling and related. Flat and cylindrical grinding machines. Standard tie-down and specific tooling systems. Cutting tools. Standard and special machining accessories. Elements of transport and materials handling. Hand tools. Measurement and control elements.

Products and results: products machining by chip in different materials, shapes and finishes.

Used or generated information: drawings, manufacturing orders. Specifications and technical characteristics. Governance guidelines. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment. Control instructions. Parameters of quality in the machining. Instructions for use and maintenance.

TRAINING module 1: processes by start of chip level: 2 code: MF0089_2 associated with UC: determine machining processes by chip duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical information relating to the product being machined, to determine the material, dimensions of departure, phases of machining, machines and means.

CE1.1 interpret graphical information (symbols, standard elements, views, cuts, sections, details, dimensions, among others) of making plans that will enable the description of machining processes.

CE1.2 relate shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with machining procedures required to obtain them.

CE1.3 identify the machines and the means of labor required to obtain, by chip, the product represented in crafting.

C2: Describe the manufacturing process, ordering the operations according to the productive sequence, relating each operation with the machines, means of production, control and verification, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 describe the mode of obtaining of different geometric forms by chip (cylinders, cones, holes, profiles, slots, prisms, threads, among others).

CE2.2 describe workholding tooling and procedure of clamping and centering employees in the main machining by chip operations and where appropriate make the sketch of the tooling that allows to reduce time of mooring and positioned.

CE2.3 identify different media check applicable to the control of forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 describe the fundamental characteristics of the cutting tools and relate them to their applications as well as its attachment and adjustment procedure.

CE2.5 determine the parameters of cutting (cutting, advances, among others speeds) taking into account the variables affecting the machining (part material, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, type and conditions of operation among others).

CE2.6 describe in a sheet of processes (stages, phases, operations, sketch of operation, control tools, cutting tools, cutting, among other parameters), the working procedure to obtain a part for chip startup, based on the graphical information collected at the level of manufacturing.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in it, estimating the time required for this purpose.

CE3.1 interpret mapping tables of non-productive times for machining operations.

CE3.2 interpret catalogs and trade offers related materials and tools involved in the manufacturing process by chip.

CE3.3 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the machining time by (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the cost of machining (time of cutting, downtime, cost of materials, cost of labor, cost of tools and indirect costs).

CE3.5 calculate the cost of machining of the part described in the previous implementation.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: full C2.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. levels of manufacture symbols, standardisation, views, cuts, sections, tolerances, among others.

Croquización.

2 starting chip functions, shapes and geometry of cutting tools.

Materials for tools.

Elements, components and structures of the tools.

Wear and tool life.

Tools and auxiliaries manufacturing: useful subject and verification.

3. technology of machining shapes and qualities that are obtained with machines by chip.

Machining operations.

Chip formation: parameters that define it, relationship between them and the defects in the formation of the chip.

4. process of machining process sheet and instruction sheets. Formats.

Calculation of parameters of cutting in different machine tools.

5. machining calculation of construction costs. Timing for cuts of different machining operations. Preparation time. Time of manual operations. Unexpected times.

Cost of machining.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of machining processes for chip, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: preparation and programming of machines and systems of start of chip level: 2 code: MF0090_2 associated with UC: prepare machines and systems for machining by chip duration: 270 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: prepare and put together machines, equipment and tools for machining by chip taking into account the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 procedures for marking and tracing of parts, skilfully manipulating the elements and taking the safety measures established.

CE1.2 describe the functions and types of tools, accessories and bodies of machines and systems of chip-making.

CE1.3 explain the process of installation and adjustment of parts, accessories and tools.

CE1.4 describe the operations of maintenance of first level (lubrication, cooling, cleaning, tightening of belts, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, Oilers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.5 in a so-called practical preparation of machine to carry out machining by chip, characterized by the process and technical documentation:-Select tools and tools described in the processing / CNC program.

-Fit tooling, tool holders and tools selected and useful fixture if required.

-Check and adjust pressures, flow rates and factors of cut, according to the workpiece to be machined.

-Clamp piece.

-Load CNC machining program, establishing the zeros of the CNC program and simulating graphically and in vacuum the CNC program.

-Correct the CNC program or machining parameters to optimize the machining.


C2: Programmes of CNC for the manufacture of parts by chip.

CE2.1 relate the characteristic functions of the languages of CNC with machining operations by chip.

CE2.2 explain the transmission and storage systems used in CNC.

CE2.3 programs for CNC sequencing and encoding operations, based on the level and process.

CE2.4 Verify the syntax of the program.

CE2.5 load program into machine.

CE2.6 to detect possible defects in the simulation correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Relate to auxiliary manufacturing processes (supply of parts, tools, emptying/filling of tanks, waste disposal, among others), with techniques and both manual and automatic means.

CE3.1 describe the techniques of handling, transportation and storage, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.3 describe the means used for the automation of power machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (motors, cylinders, clamps, among others) and collectors of information.

CE3.4 develop manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapt control programs for automated feeding of parts and auxiliary manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, maintenance of fluids, among others).

CE4.1 relate the characteristic functions of languages of PLC's and robots with operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of manufacture.

CE4.2 explain the systems of transmission and storage of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 in a so-called machine tending coaster, characterized by the use of PLC's and robots:-set the sequence of movements.

-Identify the variables will be to control (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flow diagrams.

-Make the PLC control and program the robot.

C5: Operate different organs (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others), which involved in the handling, transportation and power, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 explain the adjustable variables in auxiliary (power, pressure, speed, among others) manufacturing processes related to the elements which act on them (pneumatic, hydraulic and electric).

CE5.2 describe the techniques for the regulation and verification of variables (strength, speed, among others).

CE5.3 maintenance of first level in handling, transport and power supply systems.

CE5.4 run the Assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic pneumatic and electric) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate methods of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular variables (strength, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 check the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (pressure gauges, rules, Tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Make an automated response control, checking the paths as well as the timing of movements and performing the required measurements, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 identify the variables which must be checked in a process of mechanical manufacturing containing phases of handling parts, machining operations, among others, involving robots and pneumatic, electrical, programmable elements.

CE6.2 explain the instruments and measurement procedures and measurement units.

CE6.3 measure the magnitudes of different variables at various loads of a handling system.

CE6.4 regulate control elements, so that the process unfolds within given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the moving elements and proceed to its amendment to avoid unnecessary travel.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; Full C2; C4 on CE4.3; Complete C6.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. layout technique, equipment and precautions.

2 clamping of parts and tools centered and/or operations taking of references in chip machining processes.

Cutting tools & tooling Preadjustment.

3. conservation and maintenance of first level of machine settings chip tool.

Grease.

Fluid levels.

Release of waste.

4 CNC languages.

CNC programming.

Programs in machine loading.

Simulation programs.

Programming and CNC operation of different controls. CAD-CAM.

5 adjustment and fine tuning machines with mechanical automation and electro-pneumo - hydraulic media handling, transport and storage. Semi-automatic (electro-pneumo-hydraulic). Automatic (manipulators, robots, among others).

6. programming of automated systems flowchart.

(Robots and PLC's) programming language.

Simulation.

7 adjustment and commissioning of automated systems (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) adjustment components.

Parameters of control (speed, route, time, among others).

Tools of verification (stopwatch, manometer, Flowmeter, among others).

8. applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment with applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in the preparation of machines.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment in the preparation of machines.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of machines and systems for machining by chip, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: MACHINING by chip level boot: 2 code: MF0091_2 associated with UC: machined products by chip time: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: operate the machine tools (drill, lathe, milling machine, among others) for machining by chip startup, getting the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 in a practical course of previous machining operations with lathe and milling machine, starting from a defined process and crafting:-identify the tools (cutters, drills, knives, plates cut, among others) necessary for the implementation.

-Develop your cutting geometry and reference dimensions.

-Select parameters (speed, depth, forward, among others) cutting corresponding to each tool, from the corresponding technical documentation.

-Regular mechanisms (cam, caps, switches, among others) machines.

-Perform the operations of mooring of the piece and making references in machine, according to the specifications of the process.

CE1.2 in a practical course of machining with lathe and milling machine, starting from a defined process and crafting:-perform maneuvers (tool, operation of organs of control, among others) needed to run the machining.

-Machined surfaces centered and/or reference in accordance with the established procedure.

-Analyze the differences that arise between the process defined and observed, identifying the proper tools, cutting conditions, machine or the workpiece.

-Establish corrections appropriate tools and cutting conditions based on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.


CE1.3 in a practical course of maintenance of a machine, characterized by the maintenance of the same card:-identify the elements that require maintenance.

-Perform the operations of maintenance of use or first level (lubrication, cleaning, among others).

C2: Adapt CNC programs for the manufacturing of mechanical parts, modifying 'walk from machine' technological variables.

CE2.1 in a so-called practical adaptation of CNC program, characterized by the information on the actual process and by the CNC program:-check that the technological variables of the program correspond to the manufacturing order.

-Make it ' simulation ' of the process of elaboration of the piece, adjusting the parameters necessary.

-Check the coordinates of the piece and the position 'zero machine' and 'zero piece', correcting them, where appropriate, to minimize routes and times.

-Check that the tools are those specific to the order of manufacture, as well as their State of operation.

-Check that the workpiece is clamped correctly, as well as its position relative to the machine.

-Machined one-piece first by checking the specifications of the drawing of the piece and, if necessary, correcting errors that are detected.

-Check in screen operation process, solving occuring contingencies.

-Modify variables in order to adapt the program to the manufacture of fellows and/or unit parts.

C3: The preventive measures required based on the risks arising from execution of operations of machining by chip.

CE3.1 identify risks (entrapment, cut, among others) and the level of danger posed by handling different materials, products, manuals, helpful tools and machines, means of transport used in machining.

CE3.2 describe the safety devices (guards, alarms, emergency, among others) of the machines, as well as systems (of start-up, shutdown, among others) and clothing (footwear, clothing, eye protection among others) that should be used in the different machining operations.

CE3.3 in a so-called machining by chip coaster, characterized by the operations will be performed, environment, materials and means that must be used:-determine the safety conditions required in the preparation and start-up operations running machines.

-Establish measures of safety and caution to be taken according to the norms and specific instructions applicable to the various operations.

C4: Procedures of measurement and verification for the control of machined parts.

CE4.1 describe the tools of measurement and verification relating them with their applications.

CE4.2 measure and verify parts using measuring instruments appropriate depending on the type of variable and its magnitude.

CE4.3 the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface State, among others) through the use of the instruments required and according to established procedures.

CE4.4 compare the results obtained with the specifications of the workpiece, in order to verify compliance with the same.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; C3 on CE3.3.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. machine tools of chip types.

Features.

Applications.

2 machining by chip procedures for use of machine tools.

The risks in the management of machine tools of chip.

Wear of cutting tools.

3. risks in machining by chip machining operations risks.

Preventive measures.

Individual and collective protective equipment.

4. introduction of programs of CNC peripheral of programming and transfer of programs.

Transfer and loading of programs.

5 metrology instruments of measurement and verification.

Measurement and verification procedures.

6. regulations for the prevention and protection of the environment with applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in machining.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment in machining.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the machining of products by chip, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex III professional skill: MACHINED by ABRASION, erosion and procedures special family professional: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME033_2 competition general operations of machining processes by abrasion, erosion and related special procedures, controlling the products obtained and responsible for maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition UC0092_2 units: abrasion, erosion and UC0093_2 special procedures to determine machining processes: preparing systems and machines for the machining by abrasion, erosion and UC0094_2 special procedures: machined products by abrasion, erosion and special procedures environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, engaged in mechanical manufacturing in nature entities mainly private, in companies of any size, both on their own as others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Sectors production is located in the sector of processing metals, subsectors of metallurgy industries; manufacturing of metal products; construction of machinery and equipment n.e.c.; material and electrical equipment; electronic and optical, and transport equipment.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Adjusters operator of machine tools programmers of machine tool CNC floor rectifiers Electroerosionadores preparers of machines (grinders, spark erosion, transfers, flexible systems, among others) training associate (590 hours) training modules MF0092_2: procedures for machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures (120 hours) MF0093_2: preparation and programming of machines and systems of abrasion, erosion and special (260 hours) MF0094_2 : Machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures (210 hours) unit of competition 1: determine the processes of MACHINING by ABRASION, erosion and special procedures level: 2 code: UC0092_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: obtain the technical information for the manufacturing, starting from the drawing of the piece and the blueprint.

CR 1.1 type, characteristics and dimensions of the base of the material that is to be used, are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 thermal and surface treatments are identified in the blueprint, for its subsequent implementation, ensuring the required properties of the workpiece.

1.3 CR form, dimensions and tolerances geometric, superficial or others, that delimit the piece to be machined, are identified in the blueprint.

1.4 CR surfaces and reference for machining elements are identified in the blueprint.

2 RP: Establish the machining process on the basis of the plans of cutting and technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of manufacturing and optimizing time and costs.

CR 2.1 the machining phases are established depending on the geometry of the part.


CR 2.2 cutting tools are determined depending on the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 measuring instruments are selected depending on the permitted tolerances.

CR 2.4 machining operations are determined according to the material base and the quality of the parts to be achieved, as well as depending on the type of machine being used.

CR 2.5 devices for transport and handling parts are determined depending on the dimensions and weight of the pieces and according to criteria of safety.

CR 2.6 the manufacturing parameters (speed of cut, feed, depth, current, time pulse and pause, among others) are selected in function of the material and characteristics of the piece that must be machined, as well as tools cutting (type, material, among others).

CR 2.7 workflow variables are determined based on the results of the calculations.

3 RP: Select tooling and tools required for machining, depending on the type of piece and the machining process.

CR 3.1 tools and equipment are selected according to the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR 3.2 tools and tools are chosen by applying criteria of savings in terms of costs and times of operation.

CR 3.3 cutting fluids are selected and used to reduce friction and wear, cool the cutting area, reduce energy consumption, remove chips and protect the area to be machined.

4 RP: Determine the necessary tools for clamping of parts and tools, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and fulfilling the objectives of cost.

CR 4.1 the sketch of the tooling is done according to established standards of graphical representation.

CR 4.2 tooling is defined from crafting, depending on the operations of the process and according to criteria of saving costs and manufacturing times.

CR 4.3 tooling is defined taking into account criteria of speed and security in disassembly and assembly operations.

Professional context: means of production: process type leaves. Specific applications: CAD-CAM, spreadsheets, word processing, simulation, among others.

Products and results: machining processes by abrasion by cylindrical grinding machine, surface grinder, EDM, wire EDM by thread, and special procedures. Machining times. Sketch of tooling.

Used or generated information: flat. Manual of grinding, EDM machines and accessories. Cutting parameters. Tools catalogs. Rates and terms of materials and resources.

2 competition unit: Prepare machines and systems to proceed by abrasion MACHINING, wire EDM and special procedures level: 2 code: UC0093_2 realizations professionals and implementation criteria: RP 1: mounting tools, mooring systems and parts in accordance with the established process measuring systems and in compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 tools and tooling are prepared depending on the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 Assembly of the useful tools are selected according to the characteristics of the tool, the elements of restraint and the pair of torque that it must be applied.

CR 1.3 tooling and tools are verified, checking that they are in good condition of revived and conservation, ensuring the quality of machining and safety of operation.

CR 1.4 supports on which to mount the tool cleaned and checks their status, guaranteeing the quality of its subject, once applied torque of tightening set.

CR 1.5 tools, toolholders and workholding tools are regulated in function of the operation to be carried out and the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 1.6 the grinder plates are fixed by applying torque of torque laid down in the rules of the manufacturer.

CR 1.7 transport and lifting for the transportation of parts or equipment, elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material that must be transported and used safely.

1.8 CR tools and tooling are prepared depending on the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

2 RP: Assemble fittings or machines feeding devices, for machining by abrasion, erosion, or special procedures, depending on the order of manufacture and complying with the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention.

CR 2.1 accessories or devices are assembled according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with the applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 lubrication and cooling elements are maintained in terms of use, guaranteeing the quality and safety throughout the process.

CR 2.3 machines feeding devices are placed and regulate, checking the continuity of power, the absence of obstructions, among others, guaranteeing the achievement and safety of the process.

CR 2.4 the process parameters (speed of movement, flow, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the same specifications and taking into account the safety standards.

2.5 CR variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are checked using the instruments required, according to both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 the PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it meets specifications process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the syntax to the team that has to be programmed.

3 RP: Carry out the program of numerical Control by computer (CNC), for machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures, based on the order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 computer numerical Control program is established taking into account the chronological order of operations, the tools that should be used, operating parameters and paths.

CR 3.2 machine programming is performed depending on the type of machining, tool type, speed of work, efforts and machining materials.

CR 3.3 the tool path program taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 simulation of the program or the program test is performed to verify that the machining is viable and that develops in a logical sequence.

CR 3.5 computer numerical Control program is introduced into the machine through the peripheral devices or transferred from the computer of the machine itself or from the central computer in your case.

4 RP: Execute the maintenance of first level of equipment and installations of machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures, according to the instruction manual, and in compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 elements of measurement and control of the equipment and installations are verified during normal operation to verify the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 damaged or worn considered first rate elements are replaced after the observation of the parameters which indicate the wear or breakdown.

CR 4.3 susceptible of lubrication elements are lubricated with the established periodicity, ensuring its conservation and prolonging its useful life span.

CR 4.4 deposits of lubricants are maintained between maximum and minimum, using the lubricants of the characteristics established.

Professional context: means of production: programming equipment and specific applications of machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures. Peripheral communication of numerical Control by computer (CNC). Layout tools. Preparation tools, cutting and special. Mounting tools. Metrology instruments.

Products and results: machines by abrasion, erosion and special procedures-programmed numerical Control by computer (CNC). Machine tools prepared for unit production or small series; machines tools prepared and scheduled for medium-sized or large series. Manufacturing systems prepared for the machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures (EDM by penetration or thread, cylindrical grinders, grinders, flat, grinding without centres, among others).

Used or generated information: crafting. Catalogues of material and tools. Machinery manuals, accessories and computer numerical Control. The processing instructions. Use maintenance instructions. Information for maintenance. Characteristics of refrigerants, lubricants and dielectrics. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Unit 3 competition: MACHINED products by ABRASION, erosion and special procedures level: 2 code: UC0094_2 realizations professionals and performance criteria:


RP 1: assemble the parts on the tooling for machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures, meeting the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and the environment.

CR 1.1 part is mounted on the tool clamping, guaranteeing its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the same and the manufacturing process which is to be submitted.

CR 1.2 part is focused and aligned on the tooling with the precision required in the process, according to manufacturing documentation.

CR 1.3 assemblies parts and electrodes, where appropriate, are carried out with established tools and respecting the maximum torque of tightening.

CR 1.4 transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material that must be transported and used safely.

1.5 CR parts and utensils are cleaned, ensuring the correct positioning of these.

CR 1.6 transport and lifting elements are used depending on the material that must be transported and safely.

2 RP: Perform roughing and finishing by abrasion, based on the plans of cutting or the established process, adjusting to the required quality standards and complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

2.1 CR parameters of machining (speed of cutting, advance, depth and speed of rotation of the workpiece should be cylindrical, among others) are adjusted in function of the process, and the equipment used.

CR 2.2 tools wear is controlled by observing the surface finish, dimensional accuracy, temperature, force and cutting power that is applied to the parts, acting accordingly.

CR 2.3 the type of abrasive, as well as the size of the grain, are selected depending on the material to be machined, to achieve specified surface quality.

3 RP: Make the rekindled tools to restore its functionality, according to established procedures, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 tool cutting angles are selected according to the material that works and according to the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 3.2 the change or rekindled of the tools is performed when is observed a process of wear or dull of them same.

CR 3.3 the rekindled is carried out according to the established procedure, without overheating the tool, ensuring that the hardness of these characteristics are preserved.

CR 3.4 the rekindled is performed without exceeding the limits of service life of tools, guaranteeing quality and safety throughout the process.

4 RP: Perform machining by EDM and special procedures according to the established process, starting from the plane of cutting or sketches and complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 the manufacturing parameters (current, time pulse and pause, abrasive, among others) are established depending on workpiece material and according to the established procedure.

CR 4.2 tools or parts movements are corrected depending on the wear of tooling machining, ensuring the accuracy of the process.

CR 4.3 the first level maintenance work planned for machines, installations or equipment are made according to the tabs of maintenance and compliance with standards of protection of the environment.

RP 5: Verify dimensionally products processed according to the rules and procedures.

CR 5.1 instruments for verification is selected depending on the type of magnitude and required precision.

CR 5.2 calibration of instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 5.3 obtained part is verified, checking that it conforms to manufacturing tolerances.

CR 5.4 verification is carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in the internal rules of work.

Professional context: means of production: machines by abrasion: grinders, cylindrical, flat grinding, grinding without centres, grinding spot and vertical grinders. Machines, grinding, honing, lapping machines, EDM, among other machines. Standard tie-down and specific tooling systems. Abrasive and special tools. Standard and special machining accessories. Hand tools. Measurement and control elements.

Products and results: products machined by abrasion or special procedures of different materials, shapes and finishes.

Used or generated information: plans and manufacturing orders. Technical specifications. Governance guidelines. Legislation in the area of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Control instructions. Quality machining parameters. Instructions for use and maintenance.

TRAINING module 1: procedures of MACHINING by ABRASION, erosion and special procedures level: 2 code: MF0092_2 associated with UC: determine machining processes by abrasion, erosion and special procedures duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical information relating to the product that is going to be machined, to determine the material, starting dimensions and phases of machining machines and means.

CE1.1 interpret graphical information (symbols, standard elements, views, cuts, sections, details, dimensions, among others) of making plans that will enable the description of machining processes.

CE1.2 relate shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with machining procedures required to obtain them.

CE1.3 identify the machines and the means of labor required to obtain, through the process of machining the product represented in crafting.

C2: Develop the machining process, ordering the operations according to the productive sequence, relating each operation with the machines, means of production, control and verification, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 describe the mode of obtaining of different geometric forms by abrasion, erosion and special procedures (cylinders, cones, holes, profiles, slots, prisms, threads, among others).

CE2.2 specify workholding tooling and procedure of clamping and centering employees in main machining operations by abrasion, erosion and special procedures in his case, carry out the sketch of the tooling that allows to reduce time of mooring and positioned.

CE2.3 identify different media check applicable to the control of forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 describe the fundamental features of the tools of abrasion, erosion and special procedures and relate them with their applications, as well as its attachment and adjustment procedure.

CE2.5 calculate the cutting parameters, (speed of cut, advances, drive time, current, among others) taking into account the variables affecting the machining (part material, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, types and conditions of operation, among others).

CE2.6 describe in a sheet of processes (stages, phases, operations, sketch of operation, control tools, cutting tools, cutting, among other parameters) the work process for a piece by abrasion, erosion and special procedures, on the basis of graphic information collected at the level of manufacturing.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in it, estimating the time required for this purpose.

CE3.1 interpret mapping tables of non-productive times for machining operations.

CE3.2 interpret catalogs and trade offers related materials and tools involved in the manufacturing process by chip.

CE3.3 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the machining time by (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the machining cost (time of cutting, downtime, cost of materials, cost of labor, cost of tools, indirect costs, among others).

CE3.5 calculate the cost of machining of the part described in the previous implementation.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: full C2.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. levels of manufacture symbols, standardisation, views, cuts, sections, tolerances.

Croquización.

2. Tools for grinding, cutting and machining special functions, shapes and cutting geometries.

Materials for tools (grinding wheels, electrodes, among others).


Elements, components and structures of the tools.

Wear and tool life.

Tools and auxiliaries manufacturing: clamping tools, verification tools.

3. technology of machining shapes and qualities of the parts.

Grinding, cutting and special machining operations.

4. process sheet machining processes. Instruction sheets. Formats.

Calculation of cutting parameters in different grinding, cutting and special machining operations.

5. machining calculation of construction costs. Cutting times of the various operations of machining, preparation time, time of manual operations, unforeseen times.

Cost of machining.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of machining processes by abrasion, erosion, and special procedures, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: preparation and programming of machines and systems of ABRASION, erosion and special level: 2 code: MF0093_2 associated with UC: preparing systems and machines for the machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures duration: 260 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: prepare and put together machines, equipment and tools for machining by abrasion , EDM and special, taking into account the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 procedures for marking and tracing of parts, skilfully manipulating elements and adopting appropriate safety measures.

CE1.2 describe the functions and types of tools, accessories and bodies of machines and systems for manufacturing by abrasion, erosion and special.

CE1.3 explain the process of installation and adjustment of parts, accessories and tools.

CE1.4 Croquizar special tools which are necessary for the attachment of parts and tools as well as special tools.

CE1.5 describe the operations of maintenance of first level (lubrication, cooling, cleaning, tightening of belts, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, Oilers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.6 in a practical course of preparation of machines for the machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures, characterized by the process and technical documentation:-Select tools and tools described in the process and/or numerical Control program by computer (CNC).

-Check levels.

-Fit tooling, tool holders and tools selected and adjust.

-Fit the useful fixture and align.

-Check and adjust pressures, flow rates, among others, according to the workpiece to be machined.

-Adjust parameters of cutting and machining useful Collet (claws soft).

-Clamp piece.

-Load program numerical Control by computer (CNC) machining.

-Establish the zeros of the numerical Control by computer (CNC) program.

-Simulate graphically and vacuum Digital Control by computer (CNC) and adjust program program.

-Optimize the machining correcting numerically controlled by computer (CNC) program or the manufacturing parameters.

C2: Programmes of numerical Control by computer (CNC) for the manufacture of parts by abrasion, erosion and special.

CE2.1 relate the characteristic functions of numerical Control by computer (CNC) languages with machining operations by abrasion, erosion and special.

CE2.2 explain the transmission and storage systems used in numerical Control by computer (CNC).

CE2.3 programs of numerical Control computer (CNC) sequencing and encoding operations based on the plan and process.

CE2.4 Verify the syntax of the program.

CE2.5 load program into machine.

CE2.6 detect defects in the simulation correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Analyze and relate the processes both manual and automatic auxiliary manufacturing (food of parts, tools, emptying and filling of tanks), disposal of waste, among others, with the techniques and media used in machining by abrasion, erosion and special procedures.

CE3.1 describe the techniques of manipulation, transport storage, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.3 describe the means used for the automation of power machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (motors, cylinders, clamps, among others), collectors of information.

CE3.4 develop manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapt control programs for automatic parts feeding systems and auxiliaries manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, maintenance of fluids, among others), taking into account the occupational risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CE4.1 relate the characteristic functions of languages of PLC's and robots with operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of manufacture.

CE4.2 explain the transmission and storage systems used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 in a so-called machine tending coaster, characterized by the use of PLC's and robots:-set the sequence of movements.

-Identify the variables will be to control (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flow diagrams.

-Make the PLC control and program the robot.

C5: Operate with different organs (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others) involved in the handling, transportation and power, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 explain the adjustable variables in auxiliary (power, pressure, speed, among others) manufacturing processes related to the elements which act on them (pneumatic, hydraulic and electric).

CE5.2 describe the techniques for the regulation and verification of variables (strength, speed, among others).

CE5.3 maintenance of first level in handling, transport and power supply systems.

CE5.4 run the Assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic pneumatic, electric) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate methods of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular variables (strength, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 check the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (pressure gauges, rules, Tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Make an automated response control, checking the paths as well as the timing of movements, conducting necessary measurements and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 identify the variables which must be checked in a process of mechanical manufacturing containing phases of handling parts, machining operations, among others, involving robots and pneumatic, electrical, programmable elements.

CE6.2 explain the instruments and measurement procedures and measurement units.

CE6.3 measure the magnitudes of different variables at various loads of a handling system.

CE6.4 regulate control elements, so that the process unfolds within given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the moving elements and proceed to its amendment to avoid unnecessary travel.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; Full C2; C4 on CE4.3; Complete C6.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.


Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. the path technique, equipment and precautions.

2 clamping of parts and tools centered and/or operations taking of references in machining by abrasion erosion processes and special.

Cutting tools & tooling Preadjustment.

3. conservation and maintenance of first level of machine tool by abrasion, erosion and special settings.

Grease.

Fluid levels.

Release of waste, among others.

4. numerical control (CNC) computer languages.

Numerical Control (CNC) computer programming.

Programs in machine loading.

Simulation programs.

5 adjustment and commissioning of machines with mechanical automation and electro-pneumo-hydraulic media handling, transport and storage. Semi-automatic (electro-pneumo-hydraulic). Automatic (manipulators, robots).

6. programming of automated systems flowchart.

(Robots, PLCs) programming language.

Simulation.

7 adjustment and commissioning of automated systems (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) adjustment components.

Parameters of control (speed, route, time, among others).

Tools of verification (stopwatch, manometer, Flowmeter, among others).

8. regulations applicable in matter of safety and environment regulations applicable in matter of prevention of risks labour in the preparation of machines.

Legislation in the field of environmental protection in the preparation of machines.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of machines and systems for machining by abrasion, erosion, and special procedures, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: MACHINING by ABRASION, erosion and special procedures level: 2 code: MF0094_2 associated with UC: machined products by abrasion, erosion and special procedures duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: operating machines tools for machining by abrasion, achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 in one or more assumptions practical of cylindrical grinding and flat grinding, characterized by levels of manufacture and preformed part:-select and put together the cutting tool.

-Select and enter the conditions of the process from technical documentation on the machine.

-Carry out manoeuvres for Assembly, clamping and references of one-piece outlet.

-Carry out maneuvers for the execution of the process.

-Analyze the differences that arise between the defined process and observed, identifying the appropriate tools and policies for cutting machine based on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.

CE1.2 in a so-called practical maintenance of machines by abrasion, characterized by the maintenance manual:-identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform the operations of maintenance of use or first level (lubrication, cleaning, among others).

C2: Operating machines tools for machining by special procedures (EDM, ultrasound, plasma, among others), achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment environment.

CE2.1 in a practical course of machining by EDM, characterized by levels of manufacturing and technical information of the process required:-interpreting drawings and specifications by identifying the various operations in the process.

-Select departure depending on the requested product material.

-Select equipment and tools.

-Select parameters of regulation and control.

-Fit tooling and tools machines making the adjustment of parameters (angles of cut, deep passes, among others).

-Assign machines according to the technical data and/or type of machining parameters (size, speed, alignment, pressure, among others).

-Detect inaccuracies in machining parameters.

-Locate deviations of shape or dimensions of the piece.

-Correct references or tools to improve the product.

-Operate the machine within safety standards.

CE2.2 in a so-called practical maintenance of machines by special procedures, characterized by the maintenance manual:-identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform the operations of maintenance of use or first level (lubrication, cleaning, among others).

C3: Adapt programs numerical Control by computer (CNC) for the manufacture of mechanical parts, modifying 'walk from machine' technological variables.

CE3.1 in a so-called practical adaptation of program numerical Control by computer (CNC), characterized by the information on the actual process and the program of numerical Control by computer (CNC):-check that the technological program variables correspond to the manufacturing order.

-Make the simulation of the process of elaboration of the piece, by adjusting the parameters required.

-Check the coordinates of the piece and the position 'zero machine' and 'zero piece', correcting them, where appropriate, to minimize routes and times.

-Check that the tools are those specific to the order of manufacture, as well as their State of operation.

-Check that the workpiece is clamped correctly, as well as its position relative to the machine.

-Machined one-piece first by checking the specifications of the drawing of the piece and, if necessary, correcting errors that are detected.

-Check in screen operation process, solving occuring contingencies.

-Modify variables in order to adapt the program to the manufacture of fellows and/or unit parts.

C4: Apply verification procedures for the control of machined parts by abrasion and special procedures (laser, plasma, EDM, ultrasound, among others).

CE4.1 describe the tools of measurement and verification relating them with their applications.

CE4.2 measure and verify the parts properly using appropriate measuring instruments (measuring probes, rulers of breasts, templates, profiles, roughness Tester, including projectors).

CE4.3 the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface State, among others) through the use of instruments appropriate and according to procedures established.

CE4.4 compare the results obtained with specifications, in order to verify compliance with them and, where appropriate, correct deviations.

C5: Adopt the necessary preventive measures according to the risks arising from the execution of the machining operations by abrasion and special procedures (laser, plasma, EDM, among others).

CE5.1 identify the risks and level of danger posed by the handling of different materials, products, manuals, helpful tools and machines, means of transport used for the machining by abrasion and special.

CE5.2 describe the elements of machinery safety (occupancy sensors, speed limiters, safety valves of pressure, alarms, among others), as well as systems (barriers, bimanuales drives, screens spray-suppression systems fire-fighting, among others) and personal protective equipment (gloves, protective eye, clothing, among others) that should be used in the various operations of machining by abrasion and special.

CE5.3 in one or more practical cases of boot abrasion machining, EDM and special procedures, characterized by the operations will be performed, environment, materials and means that must be used:-describe the safety conditions required in the operations of preparation and start-up of the machines used in machining by abrasion and special.

-Establish measures of safety and caution to be taken according to the rules and specific instructions applicable to the various operations of machining by abrasion and special.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; Full C2; Complete C3; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.


Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. the phenomenon of abrasion capabilities and limitations to obtain forms.

Parts and tools fastening systems.

2. risk in the management of equipment and machines, machines for abrasion.

Types, obtainable shapes and details.

Structure and constituents.

3. the machines of EDM types, forms obtainable and precisions.

Structure and constituents.

Use procedures.

4. Finish Procedures operations (grinding, honing, lapping, among others).

5. other procedures for obtaining forms introduction of numerical Control by computer (CNC) programs.

Peripheral programming and transfer programs.

Transfer and loading of programs.

6. applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment-related legislation in the field of prevention of occupational risks in machining.

Applicable legislation on protection of the environment in machining.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the machining of products by abrasion, erosion, and special procedures, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex IV professional qualifications: MACHINING by cutting and forming professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME034_2 competition general operations of machining processes for cutting, forming and related special procedures, controlling the products obtained and responsible for maintenance of first level of machinery and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition UC0095_2 units: determine machining by cutting and forming UC0096_2 processes: prepare and programmed machines and systems for the machining by cutting and forming UC0097_2: machined products by cutting, forming and related special procedures environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, mainly private entities , in businesses of all sizes, both on their own and of others, irrespective of their legal form. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Sectors production is located in the sector of processing industries of metals, subsectors of metallurgy, manufacture of metal products, machinery and mechanical equipment and transport equipment construction.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Adjusters and operators of machine tool cutting machines operators and programmers forming machine tool CNC in plant training associate (570 hours) training modules MF0095_2: procedures for machining by cutting and forming (120 hours) MF0096_2: preparation and programming of machines and cutting systems and forming (240 hours) MF0097_2: machining by cutting, forming and special procedures (210 hours) unit of competition 1 : Determine the processes of MACHINING by cutting and forming level: 2 code: UC0095_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: obtain the technical information for the manufacturing, starting from the drawing of the piece and the blueprint.

CR 1.1 type, characteristics and dimensions of the base of the material that is to be used, are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 thermal and surface treatments are identified in the blueprint, for its subsequent implementation, ensuring the required properties of the workpiece.

1.3 CR shape and dimensions of the piece and the surface, geometric tolerances or others, that delimit the piece to be machined, are identified in the blueprint.

1.4 CR surfaces and reference for machining elements are identified in the blueprint.

2 RP: Establish the machining process based on the plans of cutting and technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of manufacturing and optimizing time and costs.

CR 2.1 the machining phases are established depending on the geometry of the part.

CR 2.2 cutting tools are determined depending on the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 measuring instruments are selected depending on the permitted tolerances.

CR 2.4 them operations of machining is determined depending on the material of split and of the quality of them parts that is have of get, as well as depending on the type of machine that is going to use.

CR 2.5 devices for transport and handling parts are determined depending on the dimensions and weight of the pieces and according to criteria of safety.

CR 2.6 the manufacturing parameters (speed, Cadence of blows, forward, depth, among others) are selected depending on the material and features the piece that must be machined, as well as cutting tools and forming (type, material, among others).

CR 2.7 workflow variables are determined based on the results of the calculations.

3 RP: Select tooling and tools required for machining, depending on the type of piece and the machining process.

CR 3.1 tools and equipment are selected according to the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR 3.2 tools and tools are chosen by applying criteria of savings in terms of costs and times of operation.

4 RP: Determine the necessary tools for clamping of parts and tools, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and fulfilling the objectives of cost.

CR 4.1 the sketch of the tooling is done according to established standards of graphical representation.

CR 4.2 tooling is defined from crafting, depending on the operations of the process and according to criteria of saving costs and manufacturing times.

CR 4.3 tooling is defined taking into account criteria of speed and security in disassembly and assembly operations.

Professional context: means of production: leaves of processes, computer-aided manufacturing-specific computer applications.

Products and results: processes of cutting machining and forming: die-cutting, punching, bending, folding and related processes. Sketch of tooling. Machining times.

Used or generated information: flat. Leaves of processes. Manual machines and accessories. Cutting parameters. Tools catalogs. Rates and terms of materials and resources. Cutting processes and forming.

2 competition unit: Prepare and programmed machines and systems to carry out MACHINING by cutting and forming level: 2 code: UC0096_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble tools and clamping of parts in accordance with the established process and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 tools and tooling are prepared depending on the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 Assembly of the useful tools are selected according to the characteristics of the tool, the elements of restraint and the pair of torque that it must be applied.

1.3 CR tooling and tools are in good state of sharpening and conservation, ensuring the quality of machining and safety of operation.

CR 1.4 tools, toolholders and workholding tools are regulated according to the operation to perform, in the manufacturer's specifications and taking into account the different qualities of veneer to transform, the types of lubricants to use and tests carried out.


CR 1.5 elements of transport and lifting are chosen, depending on the characteristics of the material that must be transported and used by applying safety standards.

2 RP: Mount accessories or devices to mechanize or feed the machines according to the order of manufacture and the applicable regulations on prevention of occupational risks.

CR 2.1 accessories or devices are assembled according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with the applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 lubrication and cooling elements are maintained in terms of use, guaranteeing safety throughout the process.

CR 2.3 machines feeding devices are placed and regulate procurement and the security of the process.

CR 2.4 the process parameters (speed of movement, flow, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the same specifications.

2.5 CR variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are checked using the instruments required, according to both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 the PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it meets specifications process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the syntax to the team that has to be programmed.

3 RP: Make the program of numerical Control by computer (CNC), from order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 CNC program is established taking into account the chronological order of operations, the tools that should be used, operating parameters and paths.

CR 3.2 machine programming is performed depending on the type of machining, tool type, speed of work, efforts and machining materials.

CR 3.3 the tool path program taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 simulation of the program or the program test is performed to verify that the machining is viable and that develops in a logical sequence.

3.5 CR CNC program is introduced into the machine through the peripheral devices or transferred from your computer.

4 RP: Perform maintenance on first level of equipment and facilities, according to the operating instructions and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 elements of measurement and control of the equipment and installations are verified during normal operation to verify the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 damaged or worn items are replaced after the observation of the parameters which indicate the wear or breakdown.

CR 4.3 susceptible of lubrication elements are lubricated with the established periodicity.

CR 4.4 deposits of lubricants are maintained between maximum and minimum, using the lubricants of the characteristics established.

Professional context: means of production: programming equipment and specific applications of machining. CNC communication peripherals. Preparation tools, cutting and special. Hand tools. Metrology instruments. Elements of transport and materials handling. Automatic feeding systems. Robots and manipulators.

Products and results: programmed by CNC machines. Machine tools prepared for unit production or small series; machines tools prepared and scheduled for medium-sized or large series. Prepared to proceed with the machining manufacturing systems.

Used or generated information: crafting. Catalogues of material and tools. Manual machines and accessories. The processing instructions. Programming instructions. Instructions for use and maintenance. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Unit 3 competition: MACHINED products by cutting, forming and procedures special Allied level: 2 code: UC0097_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble, focusing and aligning, pieces on the tooling, accordance with applicable occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 part is mounted on the tool clamping, guaranteeing its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the same and the manufacturing process which is to be submitted.

CR 1.2 parts and utensils are cleaned to allow exact positioning of the pieces and the total contact both.

CR 1.3 part is focused and aligned on the tooling with the precision required in the process.

CR 1.4 transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material that must be transported and used safely.

2 RP: Sharpening tools or tools of court according to the established procedures, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2.1 CR machining (speed, progress, depth, among others) parameters are adjusted depending on the process, the tool to hone material and used wheel.

CR 2.2 the cutting angles are carved according to material working tool and the manufacturer's specifications are met.

CR 2.3 sharpening is performed within the life of the tools and safe.

3 RP: Perform the manual finishing operations, in cutting tooling and forming, from the observation of the behavior in the process, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 tools (die, tool for cutting, bending, among others) are verified to the testing of die-cutting or related necessary for correct execution.

CR 3.2 State of the matrices is reviewed ensuring fluidity and quality of veneer.

CR 3.3 setting operations are performed depending on the dimensional defect or observed form in the tests of the die and taking into account the different qualities of veneer to transform and the types of lubricants to use.

3.4 CR tool of forming is corrected by manual operations of finishing (filing, grinding, polishing, among others) or ordering the relevant machining operations, to restore its functionality.

CR 3.5 test parts are processed by verifying the behavior of the tool and, if appropriate, conforms again.

4 RP: Operate the machines, controlling the process of cutting, bending, bending, roll forming and extrusion, varying the parameters to achieve the required quality, from the established process and compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 machines and tools are handled with precision, efficiency and compliance with safety standards.

CR 4.2 tools or tools are reset with the established periodicity, in order to ensure the quality of the production.

4.3 CR the workpiece and the tool are lubricated during the process, taking into account the material of the workpiece and the operating conditions.

CR 4.4 the diameter of punch, the rounding of the matrix and the punch and the game between die and punch are controlled with the periodicity established according to the life of the same specifications.

CR 4.5 product conforms to the shape and established technical specifications.

CR 4.6 the first level maintenance work planned for machines, installations or equipment are made according to the tabs of maintenance and compliance with environmental regulations.

RP 5: Verify dimensionally products machined according to scheme of control, to ensure the quality of the same, in accordance with internal standards of work.

CR 5.1 calibration of the instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 5.2 verification instruments are selected according to the characteristics of the piece and the technical specifications of the product.

CR 5.3 verification is carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in the internal rules of work.

Professional context: means of production: machines of forming such as: punching machine, folding machine, sausage Stuffer, among others. Special machines such as: laser, waterjet, among others. Forming and special tools. Standard and special machining accessories. Hand and power tools (files, electroesmeriladoras, among others). Measurement and control elements.

Products and results: products machining by cutting and forming of different materials, shapes and finishes.

Used or generated information: flat. Manufacturing orders. Technical specifications. Governance guidelines. Rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Control instructions. Quality machining parameters. Use maintenance instructions. Cutting procedures and forming.

TRAINING module 1: procedures of MACHINING by cutting and forming level: 2 code: MF0095_2 associated with UC: determine machining by cutting and forming lasting processes: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical information relating to the product being machined, to determine the material, dimensions of departure, phases of machining, machines and means.


CE1.1 interpret graphical information (symbols, standard elements, views, cuts, sections, details, dimensions, among others) of making plans that will enable the description of machining processes.

CE1.2 relate shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with machining procedures required to obtain them.

CE1.3 identify the machines and the means of labor required to obtain, by cutting and forming, product represented in crafting.

C2: Describe the manufacturing process, ordering the operations according to the productive sequence, relating each operation with the machines, means of production, control and verification, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 describe the mode of obtaining of different shapes by cutting and forming (holes, profiles, corners, slots, sausages, folding, among others).

CE2.2 specify workholding tooling and clamping procedure and focused employees on the main machining operations by cutting and forming and if necessary, perform the drawing of the tool that allows to reduce time of mooring and positioned.

CE2.3 identify different media check applicable to the control of forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 describe the fundamental characteristics of the cutting tools and forming and relate them with their applications, as well as its attachment and adjustment procedure.

CE2.5 determine the cutting parameters, (speed of cut, cadences, pressure among others) taking into account the variables affecting the machining (part material, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, type and operating conditions).

CE2.6 on a sheet of (stages, phases, operations, sketch of operation, control tools, cutting tools, cutting parameters) processes describe the work procedure to obtain a part by cutting and forming, from graphic information collected at the level of manufacturing.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in it, estimating the time required for this purpose.

CE3.1 interpret mapping tables of non-productive times for machining operations.

CE3.2 interpret catalogs and trade offers related materials and tools involved in the manufacturing process by cutting and forming.

CE3.3 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the machining time by (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 establish the relationships that exist among the variables involved in the machining cost (time of cutting, downtime, cost of materials, cost of labor, cost of tools, indirect costs, among others).

CE3.5 calculate the cost of machining of the part described in the previous implementation.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: full C2.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. levels of manufacture symbols, standardisation, views, cuts, sections, tolerances, among others.

Croquización.

2 cutting and forming machine tools for cutting operation and sheet metal forming.

Cutting procedures and forming.

Forms and qualities that are obtained with cutting machines and forming.

3 tools and auxiliaries to the clamping tooling manufacture.

Verification tools.

4. process sheet machining processes. Instruction sheets. Formats.

Calculation of parameters of cutting in different machine tools.

5. machining calculation of construction costs: cutting times of the various operations of machining, preparation time, time of manual operations, unforeseen times, among others.

Cost of machining.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of machining processes by cutting and forming, which will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: preparation and programming of machines and systems of cutting and forming level: 2 code: MF0096_2 associated with UC: prepare and programmed machines and systems for the machining by cutting and forming lasting: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: apply techniques that prepare and put together machines, equipment and tools for cutting and forming taking into account the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 procedures for marking and tracing of parts, skilfully manipulating the elements and taking the safety measures established.

CE1.2 describe the functions and types of supplies, accessories and bodies of machines and systems for manufacture by cutting, forming and special.

CE1.3 explain the process of installation and adjustment of parts, accessories and tools.

CE1.4 describe the operations of maintenance of first level (lubrication, cooling, cleaning, tightening of belts, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, Oilers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.5 in a practical course of preparation of machines for machining, from the process and technical documentation, according to the security measures and with the required quality:-Select tools and tools described in the processing / CNC program.

-Fit tooling, collets, selected tools and useful fixture if required.

-Check and if necessary adjust flow pressures and factors of cut, according to the workpiece to be machined.

-Departure on the useful Collet Assembly.

-Adjust tool.

-Load program CNC machining, establishing the zeros of the CNC program and simulating graficamenrte and empty the CNC program.

-Check, and if appropriate, establish them modifications required in the program CNC or in them data of them tools.

C2: Programmes CNC punching or bending.

CE2.1 relate the characteristic functions of the languages of CNC with machining operations by cutting and forming, identifying codes associated with them.

CE2.2 explain the transmission and storage systems used in CNC.

CE2.3 programs for CNC sequencing and encoding operations based on the drawing and process.

CE2.4 Verify the syntax of the program.

CE2.5 load program into machine.

CE2.6 detect defects in the simulation correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Relate to auxiliary manufacturing processes (supply of parts, tools, emptying/filling of tanks, waste disposal), techniques and media both manual and automatic.

CE3.1 describe the techniques of handling, transportation and storage, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 interpret technical information associated with a process.

CE3.3 identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.4 describe the means used for the automation of power machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (motors, cylinders, clamps, among others) and collectors of information.

CE3.5 develop manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapt control programs for automated feeding of parts and auxiliary manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, maintenance of fluids, among others).

CE4.1 relate the characteristic functions of languages of PLC's and robots with operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of manufacture.

CE4.2 explain the transmission and storage systems used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 in a practical course of power machines, which are used PLCs and robots:-set the sequence of movements.


-Identify the variables will be to control (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flow diagrams.

-Make the PLC control and program the robot.

C5: Operate with different organs (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others) involved in the handling, transportation and power, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 explain the adjustable variables in auxiliary (power, pressure, speed, among others) manufacturing processes related to the elements which act on them (pneumatic, hydraulic and electric).

CE5.2 describe the techniques for the regulation and verification of variables (strength, speed, among others).

CE5.3 describe the maintenance of first level in handling, transport and power supply systems.

CE5.4 run the Assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic pneumatic, electric) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate methods of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular variables (strength, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 check the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (pressure gauges, rules, Tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Make an automated response control, checking the paths as well as the timing of movements, conducting necessary measurements and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

CE6.1 identify the variables which must be checked in a process of mechanical manufacturing containing phases of handling parts, machining operations, among others, involving robots and pneumatic, electrical, programmable elements.

CE6.2 explain the instruments and measurement procedures and measurement units.

CE6.3 measure the magnitudes of different variables at various loads of a handling system.

CE6.4 regulate control elements, so that the process unfolds within given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the moving elements and proceed to its amendment to avoid unnecessary travel.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; Full C2; C4 on CE4.3.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. the path technique, equipment and precautions.

2 clamping of parts and tools centered and/or operations taking of references in the process of cutting machining and forming.

Execution of the same.

3 conservation and maintenance of first-level machinery cut and made adjustments.

Grease.

Fluid levels.

Release of waste, among others.

4 CNC CNC languages.

Programming CNC punching, bending.

Introduction of machine programs.

Simulation programs.

5 adjustment and fine tuning machines with mechanical and electro-pneumo-hydraulic automatisms Preadjustment of cutting tools & tooling.

Media handling, transport and storage. Semi-automatic (electro-pneumo-hydraulic). Automatic (manipulators, robots, among others).

6. means of handling, transportation and storage (electro-pneumo-hydraulic) semi-automatic.

Automatic (manipulators, robots, among others).

7. automated systems flowchart programming.

(Robots and PLC's) programming language.

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

8 adjustment and commissioning of automated systems (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) regulatory body.

Parameters of control (speed, route, time, among others).

Tools of verification (pressure switch, Flowmeter, among others).

9. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment with applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in the preparation of machines.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment in the preparation of machines.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation and programming of machines and systems for machining by cutting and forming, which will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: MACHINING by cutting, forming and procedures special level: 2 code: MF0097_2 associated with UC: machined products by cutting, forming and special procedures related duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: apply finishing procedures to adjust tooling of forming (dies, tooling by bending, among others), taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 describe the most common defects in the processing of sheet metal and the causes that provoke them.

CE1.2 describe the procedures (operations, equipment, among others) used in the setting of cutting tooling and forming (dies, wire crimpers, presses, among others).

CE1.3 in a practical course of die-cutting, characterized by the delivery of a defective tool:-finishing operations required for the stamping of the part.

-Verify that the piece complies with the tolerances specified in the blueprint.

C2: Operate the machine tools for machining by cutting and forming, achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 in a practical course of die-cutting, punching or bending and crafting-from:-select and tune the tool's cutting or forming.

-Select and enter the conditions of the process from technical documentation on the machine.

-Carry out manoeuvres for Assembly, clamping and references of one-piece outlet.

-Fit tooling and machines tools making their adjustment.

-Carry out maneuvers for the execution of the process.

-Analyze the differences that arise between the defined process and observed, identifying the appropriate tools and policies for cutting machine based on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.

CE2.2 in a practical course for one or more machine maintenance, file maintenance and other technical documentation deemed appropriate:-identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform the operations of maintenance of use or first level (lubrication, cleaning, among others).

C3: Procedures of measurement and verification for the control of machined parts.

CE3.1 describe the tools of measurement and verification relating them with their applications.

CE3.2 measure and verify parts using appropriate measuring instruments.

CE3.3 the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface State, among others) through the use of specific instruments and according to established procedures.

CE3.4 compare the results obtained with the specifications, in order to verify compliance with them.

C4: Assessing the risks arising from the execution of machining operations in the machines used in cutting and forming in order to adopt the necessary preventive measures.

CE4.1 identify risks (entrapment, cut, among others) and the level of danger posed by handling different materials, products, manuals, helpful tools and machines, means of transport used in machining.

CE4.2 describe the safety devices (guards, alarms, emergency, among others) of the machines, as well as systems (of start-up, shutdown, among others) and clothing (footwear, clothing, eye protection among others) that should be used in the different machining operations.

CE4.3 from a practical course of machining, characterized by the operations will be performed, environment, materials and means that must be used:


-Determine the safety conditions required in the preparation and start-up operations running machines.

-Establish measures of safety and caution to be taken according to the norms and specific instructions applicable to the various operations.

Skills whose acquisition should be completed in an environment real of work: C1 respect to CE1.3; Full C2; C4 on CE4.3.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. machine tools for cutting and forming types.

Features.

Applications.

2. systems of fastening parts and tools obtain forms by cutting and forming.

Plastic deformation of metals.

3 useful for cutting and forming modifications in tooling and molds to correct deviations in the quality of the product obtained.

Abilities and limitations to obtain forms.

Other procedures for obtaining forms.

Risk in the management of equipment and machines.

Normal finishing operations.

Procedures (filing, grinding, honing, lapping, among others).

4 machining by cutting and forming procedures of use of the cutting tool machines and formed.

The risks in the management of cutting tool machines and forming.

The wear of the tools.

5 metrology instruments of measurement and verification.

Measurement and verification procedures.

6. applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment standards applicable in the field of prevention of occupational risks in cutting machining and forming.

Regulations applicable in the field of protection of the environment in cutting machining and forming.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the mechanisation of products by cutting, forming and related special procedures, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex V professional qualification: Family professional surface treatments: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME036_2 general competence make surface treatments, controlling the products obtained, as well as the operation of the equipment and installations, responsible for maintenance of first level, applying criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition UC0102_2 units: UC0103_2 surface treatments: paint and perform finishes UC0104_2: prepare the equipment and installations of automatic processes of thermal and surface treatments in metal products environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in production department dedicated surface treatments, generally private nature, in business entities of any of any size regardless of their legal form, it employed both by account as his own. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

This productive sectors professional qualification is located in the sector of manufacturing industries in the sub-sectors of manufacturing metal products and manufacturing of plastic and composite products in companies related to construction of machinery and mechanical equipment, construction of motor vehicles and their parts, shipbuilding, construction of material transport and manufacturing of precision optics and similar equipment.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Galvanizing recharger Enamellers sprayers of metal gun technicians mechanical treatments of surface technicians on surface treatments preparers of equipments and installations of surface treatments preparers of automated systems in plant maintenance technicians of equipment of surface treatments drivers of processes of superficial treatments verifiers of finished products training associate (480 hours) training modules MF0102_2: treatments surface (180 hours) MF0103_2 : Paint and finishes (180 hours) MF0104_2: auxiliary systems in thermal and surface treatments of metals (120 hours) unit of competition 1: perform level surface treatments: 2 code: UC0102_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: perform the surface preparation of parts metal, plastic and composite materials, to allow the incorporation of subsequent treatment, according to technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 surface condition according to their nature (metal, plastic, composite materials), its State initial and subsequent treatment (or chromated, abrasive cleaning, alkaline degreasing, deoxidized acid, phosphated, masked, among others).

CR 1.2 pickling is carried out according to the piece's base material and its thickness, using mechanical or chemical methods, without causing damage (scratches, grooves, among others) in the parts and taking into account the thickness of the veneer.

CR 1.3 areas susceptible to attack are masked by different methods (partial, total, Interior and exterior,) among others and products (plastic coated paper, adhesive tapes, templates, masking fluids, masking films, among others), in function of rear surface treatment and material base of the piece.

RP 2: Prepare the equipment and facilities necessary to carry out surface treatments, by applying the established process, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 the clamping of electrodes is verified replace in case of damage, according to the established guidelines.

CR 2.2 required for surface treatment products are mixed in the tanks or agitators, among others, incorporating them with the sequence and dosage set forth in leaves of processes and taking into account the specifications of the manufacturer.

2.3 CR variables which develop the operations of mixing (temperature, concentration, PH, among others) they occur with the specified measuring instruments, correcting deviations.

CR 2.4 handling of products, their storage and conservation is complying with the applicable rules, avoiding spills, dangerous situations or others.

CR 2.5 maintenance of first level of equipment and installations of surface treatments are performed by ensuring the proper functioning of these.

CR 2.6 the preparation of equipment and instruments of control of the installations of surface treatments are conducted calibrating them, verifying their tools and tooling and controlling operating parameters conform to established specifications.

3 RP: Make drawings of the necessary tools for clamping parts to galvanic and chemical surface treatment processes, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and fulfilling the objectives of cost.

CR 3.1 the sketch is done according to established standards of graphical representation.

CR 3.2 drawing is defined completely, allowing the development and construction of the tooling.

CR 3.3 the necessary tools for clamping parts, is defined taking into account the limits of cost admitted.

4 RP: Perform galvanic and chemical, treatment according to the technical documentation process, achieving the required quality and complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 electrical variables (breakdown voltage, electric current, current density, among others) are maintained within established ranges, periodically checking their values and correcting deviations.


CR 4.2 chemical and galvanic baths are analyzed periodically, staying within the margins specified in terms of temperature, density, concentration, pH, or others.

CR 4.3 auxiliary anodes of other materials are entered into the baths of processes galvancios and chemicals to confer the characteristics specified in the technical documentation.

CR 4.4 parameters and operations (agitation of the baths, thickness of the layer, continuous filtration, rinses and dried, among others) are checked during the process.

CR 4.5 development of operations (agitation, rinsing, dried, filtration, extraction, among others) are controlled regularly and according to specifications.

CR 4.6 them features of finished of the piece treated (shines, absence of material, thickness of the layer, tests of aging, among others) is control according to procedures specified in the documentation technical, taking them measures required in case of deviations.

CR 4.7 chemical baths are checked and controlled to ensure operational parameters: PH, temperature, time and composition, among others.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and installations of mechanical surface treatments such as: shot blasting machines, blasting, polishing machines, among others. Equipment and facilities for galvanic and chemical treatments, such as: cubas electrolytic, agitation systems or dryers.

Products and results: sketches of tools. Parts treated by galvanic and chemical processes.

Used or generated information: flat. Standards of graphical representations. Surface treatment procedures. Manual process of surface treatments. Use maintenance. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Technical specifications and product.

Unit 2 competition: Paint and finishes level: 2 code: UC0103_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: perform the surface preparation of parts metal, plastic and composite materials, to allow the accession of further treatment, according to technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 surface is conditioned according to the subsequent treatment.

CR 1.2 masked areas that will not be treated with different methods (partial, total, Interior and exterior,) among others and products (plastic coated paper, adhesive tapes, templates, masking fluids, masking films, among others), depending on the treatment and material base of the piece.

1.3 CR mechanical treatment (blasting, de-burring, polishing, cleaning by abrasive, among others) is carried out according to the established procedure, depending on the base material part, the product that is to be deleted and the level of finish that is intended to achieve.

CR 1.4 the fillers, waxes and protection products, are applied by spray, brush or others, according to the established work process.

CR 1.5 the surface of plastic materials, equal with products anchor or fill, according to the characteristics of the same.

RP 2: Prepare the equipment and facilities necessary to carry out surface treatments, by applying the established process and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2.1 CR equipment and measuring instruments (balances, viscometers, thermometers, hygrometers, among others) will verify, by checking the validity of calibration and inlet them, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 2.2 first level maintenance is performed, disassembling and cleaning the relevant parties; emptying the chemicals; regenerating baths; eliminating the raw materials and contaminants; replacing damaged elements of the installation relating to this level of maintenance (detectors, solenoid valves, valves of paint, among others).

CR 2.3 of mixing operations following the procedure laid down in the sheet of processes and the manufacturer's specifications, using the methods stipulated (cubas, shakers, instruments for measuring, among others).

CR 2.4 the time of stabilization of the mix is the right for adjust its viscosity and to start the treatment, establishing is depending on the material of the piece that is must treat.

CR 2.5 handling conservation and storage of the products is carried out in accordance with current standards.

CR 2.6 life of painting time is set at the time of collection, ensuring the quality of treatment.

3 RP: Make drawings of the necessary tools for clamping parts in the processes of paints and finishes, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and fulfilling the objectives of cost.

CR 3.1 the sketch is done according to established standards of graphical representation.

CR 3.2 drawing is defined completely, allowing the development and construction of the tooling.

CR 3.3 the cost of the necessary tools for clamping parts, is defined within the allowed limits.

4 RP: Applied treatment on the parts according to the technical documentation, getting the required quality and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

4.1 CR primer and finishes by spraying are carried out by successive strokes in accordance with the established procedure.

CR 4.2 the waiting time between the application of the different layers is selected according to the technical documentation, ensuring that it is within the limits.

CR 4.3 the distance between the work surface and the tip of the torch during the application of the primer, finish or otherwise, is regulated according to the datasheet.

CR 4.4 the scroll speed of the conveyor is regulated depending on the length of the oven, so that time spent is established.

CR 4.5 the process parameters (pressure application, viscosity and nozzle diameter) are regulated according to the datasheet.

CR 4.6 tools and helpful employees were disassemble and clean by various means (ultrasonic, baths, among others), keeping them in good use and conservation.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and installations of mechanical surface treatments: shot blasting machines, blasting, polishing machines, among others. Equipment, facilities, tools and equipment painting: PuTTY, machines ovens, grinders, paint booths, pistols, among others.

Products and results: treated superficially and painted parts.

Used or generated information: flat. Standards of graphical representation. Surface treatment procedures. Manual process of surface treatments. Use maintenance. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Technical specifications and product.

3 competition unit: Prepare the equipment and facilities of processes automatic treatments thermal and surface in products metal level: 2 code: UC0104_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: Configure machines or automated installations of treatments, preparing and assembling tools mooring and required accessories according to the technical documentation and the characteristics of the system, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 information for the configuration of machines or installations is obtained from the interpretation of drawings and technical specifications for the product or process (sequence of operations, helpful employees, among others).

1.2 CR tooling and accessories (fastening elements) are selected according to the process to be performed and the specifications of use and Assembly of the same manufacturer.

CR 1.3 tooling is assembled with the required tools, ensuring their attachment, caring for the cleaning of the support and the good state of conservation and in accordance with technical specifications (sequence, pairs of tightening regulation, among others), as well as the manufacturer's.

2 RP: Programmed equipment (PLC and robots) or facilities of treatments, depending on the process of work and technical requirements.

CR 2.1 technical specifications of the program (displacement, speed, forces of mooring, among others) are obtained interpreting technical documentation (drawings, process manuals for use, among others).

CR 2.2 the program is carried out according to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others), adapting its syntax to the team to schedule.

CR 2.3 auxiliary mechanical system-machine interaction is done at the right time, with the shortest possible dead time and with the maximum degree of use.

CR 2.4 charging robot or PLC program and the operation of the system is verified through simulation or realization of a first cycle under vacuum.

3 RP: Operating elements adjustment of automatic installations of treatment, according to the established process and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR movements of regulated elements (cylinders, clamps, engines, among others) are carried out in the shortest possible time and in accordance with the safety regulations.


3.2 CR parameters (speed, flow rate, pressure, among others) are regulated in accordance with the technical specifications of the process and checking that they are within the limits allowed by the specifications of the system.

CR 3.3 variables (velocity, force, pressure, acceleration, among others) are checked using instruments required and previously calibrated, assuring the reliability of the measurement.

4 RP: Perform maintenance on first level of equipment and automated facilities, according to the technical manual, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 the elements susceptible of grease is lubricated with the periodicity required, avoiding wear unnecessary.

CR 4.2 damaged or worn items are replaced, safely and effectively, while restoring normal operating conditions.

CR 4.3 elements of verification, measurement and control of the equipment and facilities are used depending on requirements, ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 4.4 the safety conditions of the equipment (earthing of the equipment, mass of equipment, electrical connections, connections to networks of gases, among others) are maintained according to applicable regulations.

CR 4.5 anomalies of working and detected faults repair exceeds their level of responsibility, communicate promptly to the person in charge.

Professional context: means of production: facilities for thermal and surface treatment of metal products, plastics and compounds. Transport systems, trolleys and conveyor belts. Programming consoles. PLCs, robots and manipulators. Automation elements: solenoid valves, cylinders, relays, among others.

Products and results: prepared, planned and regulated treatment equipment. Made first-level maintenance.

Used or generated information: electric, pneumatic, hydraulic and synoptic diagrams. Maintenance manuals. Manual processes of surface treatments. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Technical specifications of the manufacturer.

TRAINING module 1: surface treatments level: 2 code: MF0102_2 associated with UC: surface treatment duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the processes of surface treatments in metal products, plastics and composite materials, relating its phases with the means used, the superficial changes that originate and parameters that must be controlled.

CE1.1 identify the symbols and standardized elements represented in the drawing.

CE1.2 interpret the different views, cuts, sections, and construction details of the plans.

CE1.3 differentiate the different types of materials and their characteristics.

CE1.4 describe the surface treatment types (phases, operations, products and media), relating them with their purpose and application.

CE1.5 in a so-called practical of each of the following surface treatments: electroplating, chemical, mechanics; characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable standards and technical specifications:-identify the shape and dimensions of the area to be covered.

-Identify the type of material, composition, and characteristics, using tables and nomograms.

-Identify the points critical specified in the flat.

-Interpret technical specifications (a surface that is being treated, density current, intensity of current, thickness and curve of t/e, material and speed of deposition among others).

-Identify the treatments to be performed.

-Identify the degree of penetration of the treatment.

-Determine the zones to mask.

-Specify the phases and operations of each treatment.

-Describe the facilities, equipment and means of labor necessary to perform the treatment.

-Set the parameters (temperature, time, speed, among others).

C2: Make the sketch of a definition of necessary special tools for clamping parts.

CE2.1 relating different representations (views, perspectives, sections, cuts and details) with the information that you want to transmit.

CE2.2 describe the differences between the types of functional dimensioning or machining.

CE2.3 in a practical course of treatment, where the hold-down with conventional means is not possible:-propose solutions that are functional, safe, and easy to get.

-Calculate the cross section of the tool.

-Make a sketch of the chosen solution, which bring out the geometry and the main measures, applying the rules of the graphical representation.

-Complete the drawing with the technical specifications that are considered necessary in accordance with the entity's tooling, (materials, quality and types of union, among others).

C3: Applied techniques of preparation of equipment, installations and products needed to carry out surface treatments.

CE3.1 describe the characteristics and principles of operation of the used equipment (furnaces, installations, among others) to carry out surface treatment.

CE3.2 relating parameters of the teams based on technical data and type of surface treatments.

CE3.3 describe anomalies or alterations, the operations and systems of maintenance of first level (control of electrodes, solenoid valves, switches, sensors, valves, among others) more frequent they can occur in facilities and equipment.

CE3.4 in a so-called practical preparation of equipment, installations and products characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations and technical specifications:-identify the facilities and material base of the piece.

-Identify the status of the tanks (leaks, level of the baths, cleaning, temperature, among others).

-Carry out the operations of the masked, depending on the material of the piece and the type of treatment to be performed, applying it in the piece.

-Carry out cleaning operations (stripping, degreasing, cleaning with abrasives, cleaning by rubbing, among others).

-Determine the composition and concentration of the baths, according to the technical specifications and the applicable regulations.

-Determine the parameters (electrical, aspirations, times, among others) according to technical specifications.

-Check the condition of the filters.

-Adjust the parameters of regulation and control according to the treatment.

CE3.5 in a so-called practical preparation of components, characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations and technical specifications:-determine the components and doses that should be used in the preparation of solutions, depending on the treatment to be carried out and established formulation.

-Perform the mixtures of products through the use of equipment, serving and respecting the rules of safety and hygiene in operations.

-Check the final parameters of the resulting mixture, contrasting the results obtained with those provided in the technical data.

-Check the cleaning of the resulting mixtures.

C4: Operate the equipment and installations of chemical surface treatment (phosphating, blued, niquel-quimico, zinc-plated, chrome plated, among others) and galvanic (anodizing, cromo-duro, Tan, cadmium-plating, copper plating, nickel plating, zinc-plated, among others).

CE4.1 relate different types of chemical surface treatments with the parameters that will control and material base part according to the purpose and scope of application.

CE4.2 relate the different treatments of galvanized with parameters (electric current, thickness, adhesion, weight) particle, among others will be controlled and the material of the workpiece according to the purpose and scope of application.

CE4.3 explain the most common typical defects that occur on parts treated in both chemical and galvanic processes.

CE4.4 in a practical course of surface treatment of nickel plating by chemical procedure, characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part to be cleaned:-clean the piece according to requirements of the nickel plating treatment.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the treatment (temperature, composition and time of the baths).

-Run the operations necessary to carry out the nickel plating.

-Carry out the control (brightness, lack of material, depth of layer, resistance to saline fog, including camera) in the nickel part.

CE4.5 in a so-called practical galvanised by the procedure of galvanized surface treatment, characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations and technical specifications and the part to be cleaned:-clean the piece according to requirements of the treatment of zinc.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the treatment (temperature, composition and time of the baths).

-Run the operations necessary to carry out the galvanized.

-Carry out the control (brightness, lack of material, depth of layer, resistance to saline fog, including camera) in the galvanized part.

C5: Operate the equipment and installations of mechanical surface treatment (dry blast, blasting wet, among others).

CE5.1 relate different types of mechanical surface treatments with the parameters that will control and material base part according to the purpose and scope of application.


CE5.2 explain the most common typical defects that occur in chorreadas parts.

CE5.3 in a practical course of blasting dry, characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable legislation, technical specifications and the part to be cleaned:-clean the surface according to requirements of the treatment of blast.

-Check that projection guns, trays positioning, camera from screening and safety features are functioning properly.

-Identify and adjust the parameters of projection (intensity, volume, pressure and distance), time of permanence and both percent (%) of coverage applicable to the treatment.

-Run the operations necessary to carry out the blast, using the element's required sandblasting.

-Make the control of surface finish in the blasted piece.

C6: Analyse the measures to be taken for the prevention of hazards and implementation of environmental standards in the processes of surface treatments.

CE6.1 identify the risks of handling and storage of products (explosion, fire, direct and indirect contact with corrosive substances, intoxication, among others).

CE6.2 identify the risks of facilities (falls, particles, explosion, falling objects, electrical, fire, among others).

CE6.3 identify the preventive measures (storage autodeflagrante storage of bottles, lattice flooring, non-slip floors, materials, system for clamping, systems of ventilation, preventive maintenance, cleaning of automatic systems, hoses with antistatic cable, pressure and humidity control, avoiding manual operations, personal protection, electrical protection, standards and specialized personnel, among others).

CE6.4 analyze environmental regulations from the point of view of surface treatments.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.4 and CE3.5; C4 CE4.4 and CE4.5; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other capabilities: show flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Show some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Adapt to the Organization, to its organisational and technological changes; as well as to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. representation graph normalization and symbolism.

Dimensioning systems.

Croquización and schemes.

2. metallic materials, plastics and compounds properties of materials.

3. procedures for cleaning Foundation and object.

Different types.

Products and handling.

4. procedures of masked Foundation and object.

Different types.

Products and handling.

5 facilities and equipment description of facilities and equipment.

Parameters.

Manipulation and regulation.

Abnormalities and alterations.

Maintenance.

6. surface treatments Foundation and object.

Types of surface treatments.

Surface finishes.

Application parameters.

Detection and evaluation of defects.

7. applicable regulations of the occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in the processes of surface treatment techniques and elements of protection.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Environmental standards.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the realization of surface treatments, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: painting and finishes level: 2 code: MF0103_2 associated with UC: paint and perform finishing duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the processes of painted and finished in metal products, plastics and composite materials, relating its phases with the means used, the superficial changes that originate and parameters that must be controlled.

CE1.1 identify the symbols and standardized elements represented in the drawing.

CE1.2 distinguish the different views, cuts, sections and details building plans.

CE1.3 differentiate the different types of materials and their characteristics.

CE1.4 describe the types of finishes (phases, operations, products and media) relating their purpose and application.

CE1.5 in a practical course of painted, defined in the drawing of the piece, standards and technical specifications:-interpret the shape and dimensions of the area to be covered.

-Identify the type of material, composition and characteristics with the help of tables.

-Identify the critical points specified in the plane.

-Interpret technical specifications (a surface that is being treated, thickness, among others).

-Determine the zones to mask.

-Specify the phases and operations in painting and finishing.

-Describe the facilities, equipment and means of labor needed for painting and finishing.

-Set the parameters (temperature, time, pressure, among others).

C2: Make sketch of a definition of necessary special tools for clamping parts.

CE2.1 relating different representations (views, perspectives, sections, Cortés, among others) with the information which must be transmitted.

CE2.2 describe the differences between the types of functional dimensioning or machining.

CE2.3 in a practical case of painted, where cannot be a subject with conventional media, characterized by the piece and technical documentation:-propose solutions that are functional, safe, and easy to get.

-Calculate the cross section of the tool.

-Make a sketch of the chosen solution, which bring out the geometry and the main measures, applying the rules of the graphical representation.

-Complete the drawing with the technical specifications that are considered necessary in accordance with the entity's tooling, (materials, quality and types of union, among others).

C3: Applied techniques of preparation of products for the different finishes.

CE3.1 determine the components and doses that should be used in the preparation of solutions, depending on the treatment to be carried out and established formulation.

CE3.2 make mixtures of products through the use of equipment, serving and respecting the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment operations.

CE3.3 verify the final parameters of the resulting mixture, contrasting the results obtained with those provided in the technical data.

C4: Apply the techniques to prepare the equipment and facilities of painted and finished taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the characteristics and principles of operation of the used equipments (furnaces and facilities) to make the painted.

CE4.2 relating parameters of the various teams according to the technical data and type of finish.

CE4.3 describe anomalies or alterations, the operations and systems of maintenance of first level (control of electrodes, solenoid valves, switches, sensors, valves, among others) more frequent they can occur in equipment and facilities.

CE4.4 in practical course of preparation equipment and facilities, characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations and technical specifications:-identify the facilities and material base of the piece.

-Identify the status of guns and tanks (leaks, level of the baths, cleaning, temperature, among others).

-Select the masked, depending on the material of the piece and the type of finish to be performed, applying it in the piece.

-Carry out cleaning operations (stripping, degreasing, cleaning with abrasives, cleaning by rubbing, among others).

-Determine the parameters (temperature, aspirations, pressure air, among others), according to the technical specifications.

-Check the condition of the filters.

-Adjust the parameters of regulation and control according to the finish.

C5: Operate the equipment and facilities of further treatment (impregnation, lacquer, paint, among others).

CE5.1 relate different types of finish with parameters that will control and material base of the piece according to the purpose and fields of application.

CE5.2 explain the most common typical defects occurring in the parts painted, lacquered or impregnated.


CE5.3 in a so-called practical spray painted, characterized by plane the workpiece, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part to be cleaned:-prepare the surface that needs to be painted, according to requirements of the treatment.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the painting (composition, expiration, concentration and lifespan of the among others), in terms of projection (distance, pressure, diameter of the nozzle, among others) and in terms of environmental conditions (degree of humidity, temperature, including drying time).

-Run painting carried out the necessary operations.

-Carry out the control (uniformity, homogeneity and absence of glitters and brand, among others) on the painted surface.

C6: Analyse the measures to be taken for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in processes of painted and finished.

CE6.1 identify the risks of handling and storage of products (explosion, fire, poisoning, among others).

CE6.2 identify the risks of facilities (falls, projection of particles, falling objects, electrical, fire, among others).

CE6.3 identify the preventive measures (storage of materials lattice flooring, anti slip flooring, ventilation systems, preventative maintenance, cleaning hoses with antistatic cable, pressure and humidity control, avoiding manual operations, personal protection, electrical protection, standards and specialized personnel, among others).

CE6.4 analyze environmental legislation from the point of view of surface treatments.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; C4 on CE4.4; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively the team's work.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Contents: 1. representation graph normalization and symbolism.

Systems of dimensioning.

Set plans. Cutting. Perspectives.

Construction plans. Details.

Croquización and schemes.

2. metallic materials, plastics and compounds properties of materials.

3. procedures for cleaning Foundation and object.

Different types.

Products and handling.

4. procedures of masked Foundation and object.

Different types.

Products and handling.

5 facilities and equipment description of facilities and equipment.

Parameters.

Manipulation and regulation.

Abnormalities and alterations.

Maintenance.

6 painted and finished fundamentals and objects.

Types of paints and finishes.

Application parameters.

Detection and evaluation of defects.

7. Prevention of risks in the process of painting and finishing techniques and elements of protection.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the application of paint and the realization of finishes, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: systems auxiliary in treatments thermal and surface of metals level: 2 code: MF0104_2 associated with UC: prepare the equipment and installations of automatic heat treatments and surface processes in metal products duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: relate to auxiliary processes of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (parts feeding (, tools, emptying or filling of tanks, waste disposal, among others) with the phases, techniques and means employed in manual or automatic character.

CE1.1 describe the handling, transportation and storage, among others, techniques used in the treatment process.

CE1.2 interpret technical information associated with an auxiliary process of treatment of metal parts.

CE1.3 identify and characterize the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE1.4 describe the means used for the automation of power machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of:-structural elements.

-Kinematic chains.

-Compressors, hydraulic pumps.

-Control elements.

-Actuators (motors, cylinders, clamps, among others).

-Sensors information.

CE1.5 in a practical course of treatment to a piece of metal which provides for phases of material selection, feeding machines, treatment, storage, among others:-develop process flow diagrams.

-Establish an elementary system of safety of the process.

-Make a list of the means necessary for the automation of the process.

-A report with the assessment of the solution adopted.

C2: Adapt control programs for automated feeding of parts and operations assistant of heat treatments and surface of metal parts (handling and cooling, supply of fluids, among others).

CE2.1 relate the characteristic functions of languages of PLC's and robots with operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of treatments.

CE2.2 describe the transmission and storage systems used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE2.3 in a practical course of power systems of treatment of metal parts that are used PLCs and robots respectively:-set the sequence of movements.

-Identify the variables will be to control (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flow diagrams.

-Adapt the PLC control and program the robot.

-Adapt an alternative control program that provides solutions to a possible contingency.

C3: Operate the hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, programmable, bodies among others, involved in the handling, transport and other processes of metal surface and heat treatment operations.

CE3.1 describe the adjustable variables in the auxiliary processes of metal treatments (power, pressure, speed, among others).

CE3.2 relate the variables with elements acting on the adjustable variables in the processes of metal treatment (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

CE3.3 describe the techniques for the regulation and verification of variables (strength, speed, among others).

CE3.4 respect the technical specifications of the different bodies as appropriate to perform manipulations on and with them.

CE3.5 run the Assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical,) among others in an orderly way and using the appropriate methods of an automatic handling system.

CE3.6 in a so-called practical operation of equipment, characterized by a system of manipulation, transport and food, where there are hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators:-Regular (power, pressure, speed, among others) variables for different maneuvers of a manipulator.

-Check the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (pressure gauges, rules, Tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

-Maintenance of first level in handling, transport and power supply systems.

-Describe the behaviour of the different systems depending on the applications to which they are subject.

-Identify the risks that arise when operating with electric, hydraulic or pneumatic elements.

C4: Monitor automated systems response checking, by means of the necessary measurements, work trajectories and the synchronism of movements.

CE4.1 describe the relationship between parameters of the system and response time.

CE4.2 identify and characterize measuring devices.

CE4.3 describe the units of measure used.

CE4.4 use skilfully the instruments of measurement and verification.

CE4.5 in a practical course of treatment automated, characterized by the team, technical documentation and tools of measurement:-identify the variables that must be checked in the phases of handling parts, among others, involving robots and pneumatic, electrical, programmable elements.

-Measure the magnitudes of different variables at various loads of a handling system.


-Regular control elements, so that the process unfolds within the established tolerances.

-Check the trajectories of the moving parts and proceed to its amendment, if necessary.

-Optimize paths avoiding unnecessary travel.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.5.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively the work team.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Contents: 1. interpretation of technical documentation used in thermal and surface treatments, cutting and assembly drawings.

Perspectives.

Croquización and schemes.

2 handling, transportation and storage in processes of thermal and surface treatments (electro-pneumo-hydraulic) semi-automatic equipment.

Equipment automatic: manipulators, robots, among others.

3. programming of automated systems used in processes of thermal and surface treatments flowchart.

(Robots, PLCs, among others) programming language.

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

4 adjustment and commissioning of automated systems are used in processes of thermal and surface treatments (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) regulatory body.

Parameters of control (speed, route, time, among others).

Tools of verification (pressure switch, Flowmeter, among others).

Drives of correction (chokes, power limiters, limiting flow rate, among others).

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to auxiliary in heat treatments and surface systems of metals, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VI professional qualification: Design of mechanical products professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME037_3 general competence design products to obtain by mechanical manufacturing, taking into account the applicable regulations concerning quality, environmental protection and prevention of occupational risks.

Competition UC0105_3 units: design products of mechanical manufacture UC0106_3: automate manufacturing mechanical UC0107_3 products: develop technical documentation of the products of mechanical manufacturing environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities generally private nature, in companies of any size, regardless of their legal form on behalf of others. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Sectors production is located in the sector of processing industries of metals and non-metals, sub-sectors of manufacturing machines and equipment for mechanical products, manufacture of machinery and electric, electronic and optical equipment, material transport and manufacturing of capital goods manufacturing.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Technicians in development of products technical designers with CAD-CAM technical research industrial technical designers and draughtsmen designers associated formation (570 hours) training modules MF0105_3 mechanical product development: design products (240 hours) MF0106_3: Automation (150 hours) MF0107_3 products: technical documentation for products (180 hours) unit of competition 1: designing products of manufacturing mechanical level : 3 code: UC0105_3 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: defining the mechanical manufacturing products providing constructive solutions and determining the specifications, features, layout, dimensions, materials and cost of components and assemblies, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 products are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations of the processes and means employed in their manufacture, as well as criteria to optimize yields and subsequent manufacturing economy.

CR 1.2 materials for the design of products are chosen by ensuring its resistance, finishes, costs and quality established.

CR 1.3 thermal and surface treatments to those who must submit the material to manufacture products designed are determined according to the design specifications.

CR 1.4 designed sets definition is determined by taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, functionality, the cost of manufacturing and maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 products design is corrected to take account of the results of tests, simulations and experiments with prototypes.

CR 1.6 designed product characteristics are defined, taking into account the specifications of type-approval.

2 RP: Sizing products designed and their auxiliary systems, from established data and depending on the results of the required technical calculations.

CR 2.1 the effort or cargo loads are determined by analysing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 product resistance to torsion, bending, shear, compression, break, among others, is set based on the loads which are going to submit.

2.3 CR coefficients of safety (break, life, among others) used in the application of calculations of elements are selected according to the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 the shape and dimension of the designed elements (structures, connecting elements, mechanisms, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 standard elements (screws, pins, cotter pins, guides, among others) are selected according to the requests that are submitted and the features provided by the manufacturer.

3 RP: Establish the procedure of verification and assurance of the quality of the product design, ensuring their reliability, compliance with specifications and the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the procedure of verification and assurance of the quality of the product is determined according to aspects of product quality, regulatory and specific regulations, functionality, security and prevention of occupational risks, costs, tooling, viability of manufacturing, human resources and materials available, in addition to the FMEA of design and its update, standards and systems of management quality as well as with the rules of CE marking.

CR 3.2 types of trials and tests (resistance to breakage, fatigue, among others) are established allowing to know the degree of compliance of the product with the applicable rules or as required by customers.

CR 3.3 test or test parameters are determined depending on conditions of service (life, environmental, among others) that must support the product.

CR 3.4 the dimensioned drawing contrasts with the technical characteristics or levels of set of the product, checking that it has taken into account the manufacturing process at which the component should be.

CR 3.5 the development of the prototype is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose changes to the design.

Professional context: means of production: specific applications (CAD), computer-aided design for mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic. Calculation and simulation of mechanisms specific computer applications.

Products and results: constructive solutions of products obtained by mechanical manufacturing (mechanical elements, mechanisms, machines, systems of manufacture, among others). Bill of materials. Governance guidelines. Reports of studies of feasibility of manufacture of the product. Verification process.

Used or generated information:


Preliminary design, Assembly and manufacturing plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. Product and design FMEA. Manufacturing procedures. Type-approval requirements. Regulations applicable in prevention of risks labor and of protection of the environment.

Unit 2 competition: AUTOMATING the products of manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: UC0106_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: determine conditions or operating machines and automatic equipment used in mechanical manufacturing cycle, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 operating cycle is set by interpreting the technical specifications and the work process (materials processing, required features, functions of the machine or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 operating cycle is defined taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention to minimize risks.

CR 1.3 operating cycle is determined according to the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

CR 1.4 the conditions of operation of the products, are studied to ensure the required results.

2 RP: Set the actuator type and equipment of regulation for the automation of operational processes of the product, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 (pneumatic, hydraulic or electric) technology is selected based on the functional adaptation to the automated process, reliability, cost, and customer requirements.

CR 2.2 actuators and control equipment, are sized based on estimates of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established margins of safety.

CR 2.3 actuators in system position is determined considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.

CR 2.4 performance of actuators and control equipment are determined, ensuring the proper functioning in the conditions required.

3 RP: Carry out schemes of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, to automate processes in mechanical manufacturing, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, are drawn using standardized symbols.

CR 3.2 schemes are carried out taking into account the technical specifications applicable to the represented system or legislation (pneumatic, hydraulic, pneumatic or electro-hydraulic), guaranteeing safety during operation.

CR 3.3 automatic circuit diagrams are represented by reflecting the operating cycle established (String, start, stop, among other conditions).

CR 3.4 listing of components (actuators, pipes, wiring, among others) and its technical features are reflected in the automatic circuit diagrams.

CR 3.5 schemes are simulated in software to ensure perfect operation.

Professional context: means of production: specific software applications to CAD, computer-aided, mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic design. Specific applications of calculation elements and simulation of elastic recovery of the material. Commercial documentation.

Products and results: pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical diagrams for manufacturing mechanical products. List of components and features. Lists of materials and standardized elements, among others.

Used or generated information: Flowchart of processes. Design manual. Standards of graphical representation. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. FMEA of product and design. Manufacturing procedures. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment. Load books.

Unit 3 competition: Develop LA documentation technique of the products of manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: UC0107_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: draw the planes of the designed product, on the basis of whole planes, according to the manufacturing process and respecting applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 designed product is defined by guaranteeing their manufacturing, maintenance, Assembly and disassembly (ease, accessibility, use of standard tools, possibility of automation, among others).

CR 1.2 planes are made by applying the rules of drawing (drawing formats, line drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views, sections, symbolism of machining, among others).

1.3 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by the pieces and the type of planned production.

CR 1.4 element is defined allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the dimensions of transport, fasteners, protections in the transport, weight, among others.

CR 1.5 elements are represented using standardized construction forms (grooves, fluted, screws, among others) in order to standardize the product and ease of their manufacture and interchangeability.

CR 1.6 commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standardized elements described by the suppliers (performance, installation instructions, ancillary products of maintenance, among others).

2 RP: Draw the planes of automated operational processes of products of mechanical manufacture, from the schemes of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic.

CR 2.1 levels are made by applying the rules of drawing (format maps, line drawing, dimensioning, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 plans are defined by integrating schemes of power and control of the various circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others whereas the legislation of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.3 integration of the different subsystems (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others is ensuring its compatibility, functionality, and its subsequent maintenance.

3 RP: Develop the technical dossier of the product of mechanical manufacturing, gathering use and maintenance instructions, plans set, schemes, list of spare parts, among others.

CR 3.1 instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product are produced highlighting the critical aspects, periods of maintenance and range of use.

3.2 CR documentation relating to the product (reports, listing of spare parts, manuals, schematics, plans set, crafting, Assembly, including drawings) are orders and supplements, ensuring the availability of information.

CR 3.3 technical reports relating to the viability of the design of the product are drafted by adding modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 conclusions obtained during the phases of design, process automation, manufacturing of the prototype and trials are included in reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

4 RP: Keep updated and organized the necessary technical documentation for the development of the product of mechanical manufacturing.

CR 4.1 plans are reviewed and updated compliance guidelines for the inclusion of modifications.

CR 4.2 the technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 documentation is classified according to established standards and allows its easy location and access.

CR 4.4 guidelines for the review and updating of plans and other documentation are established, describing the inclusion of modifications, responsibility and management, among others.

Professional context: means of production: computer specific design applications (CAD), computer-aided, mechanical, electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic. Specific applications of Office Automation.

Products and results: plans set and cutting of products. Levels of automation. Bill of materials. Technical dossier and technical reports. Use and maintenance manuals.

Used or generated information: drawing standards. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Draft plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogs. FMEA of design and product. Manufacturing procedures. Diagrams and sketches. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

TRAINING module 1: design of products level: 3 code: MF0105_3 associated with UC: design products of mechanical manufacturing duration: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the behavior of the mechanisms used in machines, obtaining their relations cinematic and application type.

CE1.1 classify the different mechanisms depending on the transformations of the movement causing, interpreting the documents and information of a technical nature.


CE1.2 identify the different organs of transmission and the role in a kinematic chain.

CE1.3 determine the data necessary for calculating kinematics and simulation, through the use of specific software applications, and interpret results.

CE1.4 apply formulas and appropriate units that are used in the calculation of the ratios involved in chains cinematic used in machines.

CE1.5 identify the technical specifications that must meet a kinematic chain.

C2: Design mechanisms or mechanical elements on the basis of specifications and loads required in the draft.

CE2.1 relate the manufacturing processes with forms and qualities that can be obtained.

CE2.2 identify and determine the efforts generated in different machining processes.

CE2.3 describe the limitations of the various operations of manufacturing processes of machining, forming, casting or others.

CE2.4 relate constructive forms of different organs of machines with the types of efforts that must withstand (normal loads, transverse, Flex, among others), and their behaviour.

CE2.5 Select the type of material employee in them different organs of machine, depending on the stress to which are subject.

CE2.6 in a so-called practical that you should design a mechanical mechanism and with the information of required applications:-identify the technical specifications which must ensure the construction of the product (maximum effort to transmit power, maximum speed, among others).

-Propose various constructive solutions for the elements that must be designed according to the different loads required and taking into account the limitations of the process of obtaining parts.

-Calculate the life of the standardized elements subjected to wear and tear or breakage, applying formulas, standards, tables and nomograms necessary.

-Measure the different elements and organs, by applying rules, calculations, tables, nomograms, taking into account the coefficients of safe design.

-Determine the information required for the calculation and simulation of specific software applications and interpreting the results.

-Represent in outline efforts to which the various bodies are subject.

C3: Determine settings, geometrical and dimensional tolerances and surface qualities, relating the various elements of mechanical manufacture with its operation.

CE3.1 relate the settings type with different applications of mechanical components to which they are subject.

CE3.2 calculate the fields of tolerance settings, according to standards, from the nominal measurement and specified tolerance.

CE3.3 rating choosing the type of adjustment and its impact on the cost of manufacturing, according to the manufacturing process.

CE3.4 relate the geometric tolerances with the accuracy required by the different mechanisms.

CE3.5 represent, using the standardized symbols, different types of adjustments and geometric tolerances.

C4: Analyze the influence of materials and systems of lubrication in the organs of machines, in order to determine specifications for design and maintenance.

CE4.1 describe the effects of lubrication on the behavior of the different elements and bodies of machines.

CE4.2 explain lubrication of machines of systems, describing the elements that compose them.

CE4.3 identify the materials as well as heat treatments that improve the behavior of the designed elements.

CE4.4 establish the frequency of lubrication, as well as the change of the elements that make up the different organs of the machines.

C5: Check and ensure the quality of the design of mechanisms or mechanical elements.

CE5.1 describe the assurance of quality in the design procedure.

CE5.2 describe the technique of the design FMEA.

CE5.3 describe the standards and management systems of quality from the point of view of the product design process.

CE5.4 describe the regulations of CE marking for products of mechanical manufacturing.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 full; C2 with respect to CE2.5.

Other capabilities: responsible for the work developed and the fulfilment of the objectives.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work that takes place.

Suggest alternatives in order to improve the results.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. manufacturing procedures of manufacturing technology.

Machines and means of production.

Features of the machines according to machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tooling.

Costs of different manufacturing processes.

Verification and quality assurance: standards, regulations and quality management systems.

2. elements of machine elements and mechanisms of machines.

Dimensional calculation of elements.

3. strength of materials concept of internal efforts, its corresponding tensional States, and associated deformations. Concentration of efforts. Concept of fatigue of materials.

4 kinematics and dynamics of machines chains cinematic.

Speed, performance, torque and power relations.

5. material properties of materials: physical, chemical, mechanical and technological.

Materials: classification, characteristics and applications.

Plastics (high polymers): classification, characteristics and applications.

Ceramics: classification, characteristics and applications.

Composite materials: classification, characteristics and applications.

Commercial forms of materials.

6. lubrication lubrication systems.

Application of lubricants.

7. maintenance calculation of life different elements.

Periods of regulation of items subject to wear.

8 settings and tolerances dimensional and geometric, quality, surface, cost of quality, among others.

Calculation of elements assisted by computer.

9. applicable regulations of risk prevention work and protecting the environment with applicable rules of prevention of occupational risks in reference to product design.

Applicable legislation for the protection of the environment in reference to product design.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of mechanical products, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: Automation level products: 3 code: MF0106_3 associated with UC: automate products manufacturing mechanical duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: establish the sequence of operation and type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electronic) to be used in the automation of manufacturing systems.

CE1.1 explain the systems usually used for automating a production machine (robots, manipulators, carrying straps, production lines, among others).

CE1.2 describe the symbolism and nomenclature used in the representation of sequences of production.

CE1.3 evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using different types of technology (pneumatic, electric, hydraulic,) among others, depending on the characteristics of the process being automated.

CE1.4 establish the flowchart of the process that can be automated, reasoning technology (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric,) among others that should be used and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

C2: Analyze the elements of power (actuators), normally used in electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic automation determining their behavior and application.

CE2.1 relate different types of actuators, normally used in pneumatic electric automation and hydraulics (Motors AC and DC current, cylinder, piston, among others) with the characteristics of your application type and the benefits that can be supplied.

CE2.2 reasoning possible electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic solutions to select the technology best suited to the course.


CE2.3 select the proper actuator, depending on required requests (speed, strength, response of the system, among others) and its technical data sheet information.

CE2.4 determine systems of actuators, depending on the required application, taking into account movements and efforts to which they are subject and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE2.5 define the linkage between actuator and application.

C3: Establish the possible solutions for remote control (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, or programmable), of the different actuators used in mould, by automating processes.

CE3.1 describe applications of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, programmable control or their combinations, linking functionality, performance, and cost.

CE3.2 describe functions performed the various components in the power and control circuits.

CE3.3 relate 'schema types' of control with applications, according to actuators and variables that should be monitored.

CE3.4 make schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control or their combinations, to resolve various practical cases of combinational or sequential automatic, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

C4: Analysing the different types of sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to manufacturing (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature,) among others by determining its application.

CE4.1 describe different types of sensors ('encoder', Tachometers, strain gauges, among others), which are normally used in the automation of machines, associating characteristics with applications.

CE4.2 relate them characteristics of the sensors with them benefits (range of application, appreciation, precision, among others) that can supply.

CE4.3 describe the advantages and disadvantages of the different sensors for applications type.

C5: Establish the possible solutions of control (pneumatic, electric, hydraulic, programmable, among others), different actuators used in manufacture, for use in the automation.

CE5.1 describe applications of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, programmable control or their combinations, linking functionality, performance, and cost.

CE5.2 describe functions performed the various components in the power and control circuits.

CE5.3 relate 'schema types' of control with applications, according to actuators and variables that should be monitored.

CE5.4 make schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control or their combinations, to resolve various practical cases of combinational or sequential automatic, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection the environment.

C6: Explain the possibilities offered by the technologies of communication between different units that make up a manufacturing system.

CE6.1 recognize schemes with different configurations of communication between the various components of a manufacturing system.

CE6.2 describe the function that perform the various components used in the transmission of information (networks of communication, direct numerical Control 'DNC', among others).

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other capabilities: responsible for the work developed and the fulfilment of the objectives.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to the activity.

Suggest alternatives in order to improve the results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. automation systems for processes of obtaining products physical fundamentals in pneumatics, hydraulics and electricity.

Pneumatics and electro-pneumatics.

Hydraulic and electro-hydraulic.

Characteristics and application.

2. representation of automation techniques of representation of processes.

Schematic representation of the automatic systems.

3. elements for Automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, electronics) standard elements (types, characteristics, criteria of selection, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Remote control. Regulation. Security. PLC.

4 communications communication networks.

Computer means.

5. safety in the design of automation rules applicable for prevention of occupational hazards to the design of automation.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of products of mechanical manufacturing, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: documentation technique for product level: 3 code: MF0107_3 associated with UC: drawing up the technical documentation of products manufacturing mechanical duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: draw in adequate support and with conventional media and computer, crafting of elements, mechanisms or machines, picking up the technical information required for its manufacture.

CE1.1 choose the graphical representation system and the scale for each element.

CE1.2 represent in accordance with the applicable legislation, the elevations, plants, sections and details, which form part of the graphic information that contain levels.

CE1.3 define the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying legislation.

CE1.4 at levels specify technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or superficial treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others).

C2: Represent 'schemes' Automation, pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical circuits.

CE2.1 identify the elements involved in automation systems.

CE2.2 sort information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 represent in accordance with applicable regulations, pneumatic diagrams, hydraulic and electric, that are part of the technical documentation for the automation of product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the element, device or machine designed.

CE3.1 draw up instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

The CE3.2 is drawing up the dossier of the project integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly drawings and instructions for maintenance, among others.

CE3.3 describe the procedures of updating of the graphical information of the project, as well as document management.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the goal of improving outcomes.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. representation of elements, mechanisms and machines of graphic representation.

Views, cuts and sections.

Dimensioning according to the manufacturing process.

Been superficial.

Dimensional tolerances.

Tolerances of form and position.

Croquización.

Sets.

The normalization.

Representation of standard elements.

2 systems of representation perspective Knight and isometric.

3 Office Word processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

4. Organization of a project information document management.

Procedure for updating documents.

5. specific applications of 2D and 3D design computer aided design.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer:


1 domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the technical documentation of the products of mechanical manufacturing, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VII professional skill: Design of useful processing of sheet professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME038_3 general competence design useful processing of sheet metal, (cutting dies, bending presses, useful for punching, folding, folded and curved, among others), taking into account the applicable regulations relating to quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

Competition UC0108_3 units: designing useful for processing sheet metal UC0109_3: Automate operational processing of sheet metal UC0110_3 tooling processes: develop technical documentation of useful environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of useful processing of sheet metal, usually private entities in companies of any size, regardless of their legal form, account by others. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors this qualification is located in the metals processing industries sector, sub-sector of sheet metal processing.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Technicians in development technical development of technical tools for organization of production technical designers with CAD-CAM technical research and development of mechanical products technical designers training associate (570 hours) training modules MF0108_3: useful processing of sheet metal (240 hours) MF0109_3 projects: automation of processing of sheet metal (150 hours) MF0110_3 tools : Technical documentation for useful processing of sheet metal (180 hours) unit of competition 1: designing useful for processing of sheet metal level: 3 code: UC0108_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: define processing of sheet metal tools, providing constructive solutions and determining the specifications, features, layout, dimensions, materials and cost of components and assemblies, fulfilling the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 processing of sheet metal tooling are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations, both processes and means employed in their manufacture, of the processed sheet, in addition to optimise yields and subsequent manufacturing economy.

CR 1.2 the materials used for the processing of sheet metal are chosen by ensuring its resistance, finishes, costs and quality established.

CR 1.3 thermal and surface treatments that may be applied for processing sheet material are determined according to the design specifications.

CR 1.4 the definition of the useful is determined taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, its functionality, the cost of manufacturing and maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 design tool is corrected, taking into account the results of trials, simulations and experiments with prototypes.

CR 1.6 the useful features are defined, taking into account the specifications of type-approval.

2 RP: Sizing tools and auxiliary systems for the processing of sheet metal, from established data and depending on the results of technical calculations.

CR 2.1 the loads of effort or burden to which is submitted this useful are determined by analysing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 tool resistance to torsion, bending, shear, compression, rupture, creep, among others, is set based on the loads which are going to submit.

2.3 CR coefficients of safety (break, life, among others) used in the application of calculations of elements are selected according to the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 the shape and dimension of the elements that compose the useful (structures, joints, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 standard elements (screws, pins, cotter pins, guides, among others) are selected according to the requests that are submitted and the features provided by the manufacturer.

CR 2.6 thermal and surface treatments to those who must submit material to manufacture designed tooling are determined according to the technical specifications.

3 RP: Establish the procedure for verification of the design of tooling for sheet metal processing, ensuring their reliability, compliance with specifications and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the procedure for verification of the tool is determined according to aspects of quality of the useful, standard-setting and specific regulations, functionality, security and prevention of occupational risks, costs, tooling, viability of manufacturing, human resources and materials available, in addition to the FMEA of design and updating.

CR 3.2 types of trials and tests (breakage, fatigue resistant, among others) are established allowing to know the degree of fulfillment of the tool with respect to the applicable rules or as required by customers.

CR 3.3 test or test parameters are determined based on conditions of service (of life, environmental, among others) who must endure the useful.

CR 3.4 the dimensioned drawing contrasts with the technical characteristics or levels of set of useful, checking that it has taken into account the manufacturing process at which the component should be.

CR 3.5 the development of the prototype is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose changes to the design.

Professional context: means of production: specific computer applications for design assisted by computer (CAD), mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic. Calculation and simulation specific computer applications. Units of rapid prototyping, 3D printing of complex parts.

Products and results: constructive solutions of useful processing of sheet, obtained by mechanical manufacturing. Bill of materials. Governance guidelines. Feasibility studies of product reports. Verification process.

Used or generated information: flat draft, Assembly and manufacture. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. Product and design FMEA. Manufacturing procedures. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment. Type-approval requirements.

Unit 2 competition: Automate the processes operating LOS useful of processed of plate level: 3 code: UC0109_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: determine conditions or operating the tool sheet metal processing processes operating cycle, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 operating cycle is set by interpreting the technical specifications and the work process (materials processing, required features, functions of the machine or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 operating cycle is defined taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention to minimize risks.

CR 1.3 operating cycle is determined according to the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

CR 1.4 tool operating conditions are studied to ensure the required results.

2 RP: Set the actuator type and equipment of regulation for the automation of the processes in sheet metal processing, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 technology (electric, pneumatic or hydraulic) is selected based on the functional adaptation to the automated process, reliability, cost, and customer requirements.

CR 2.2 actuators and control equipment, are sized based on estimates of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established margins of safety.

CR 2.3 actuators in system position is determined considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.


3 RP: Carry out schemes of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, to automate operational processing of sheet metal tooling processes, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, are drawn using standardized symbols.

CR 3.2 schemes are carried out taking into account the technical specifications applicable to the represented system or legislation (pneumatic, hydraulic, pneumatic or electro-hydraulic), guaranteeing safety during operation.

CR 3.3 automatic circuit diagrams are represented by reflecting the operating cycle established (String, start, stop, among other conditions).

CR 3.4 listing of components (actuators, pipes, wiring, among others) and its technical features are reflected in the automatic circuit diagrams.

Professional context: means of production: computer specific design applications (CAD), computer-aided, mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic. Specific applications of calculation elements and simulation of elastic recovery of the material.

Products and results: pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes of the useful processing of sheet metal. List of components and features.

Used or generated information: Flowchart of processes. Design manual. Standards of graphical representation. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. FMEA of product and design. Manufacturing procedures. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment. Load books.

Unit 3 competition: Develop documentation technique of useful level: 3 code: UC0110_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: draw the planes of the tool sheet metal processing, on the basis of whole planes, according to the manufacturing process and respecting applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 levels are applying the rules of drawing (drawing formats, line drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views, sections, symbols of machining, among others).

1.2 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by the pieces and the type of planned production.

CR 1.3 element is defined allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the dimensions of transport, fasteners, protections in the transport, weight, among others.

CR 1.4 elements are represented using standardized construction forms (grooves, fluted, screws, among others) in order to standardize the product and ease of their manufacture and interchangeability.

CR 1.5 commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standardized elements described by the suppliers (performance, installation instructions, ancillary products of maintenance, among others).

2 RP: Draw plans of operating automated processes, from diagrams of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic.

CR 2.1 them flat is made applying the rules of drawing (formats of flat, lines of drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 plans are defined by integrating schemes of power and control of the various circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others whereas the legislation of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.3 integration of the different subsystems (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others is ensuring its compatibility, functionality, and its subsequent maintenance.

CR 2.4 schemas are simulated in specific software applications to ensure correct operation, making appropriate corrections if necessary.

3 RP: Develop the technical dossier of the processing of sheet metal tool collecting flat Assembly and manufacturing, diagrams, parts list, use and maintenance, commissioning, among others.

CR 3.1 instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance are produced highlighting the critical aspects, periods of maintenance and range of use.

3.2 CR documentation relating to the useful (memoirs, list of spare parts, manuals, schematics, plans set, crafting, Assembly, including drawings) is ordered and supplements, ensuring the availability of information.

CR 3.3 technical reports relating to the viability of the design of the tool are drafted by adding modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 conclusions obtained during the phases of design, process automation, manufacturing of the prototype and trials are included in reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

4 RP: Keep updated and organized the technical documentation required for the development of the tool sheet metal processing.

CR 4.1 plans are reviewed and updated compliance guidelines for the inclusion of modifications.

CR 4.2 the technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 documentation is classified according to established standards and allows its easy location and access.

Professional context: means of production: specific applications of design assisted by computer (CAD), mechanical, electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic. Specific applications of Office Automation. Stamping process simulation software. Calculation of finite element software.

Products and results: assembly drawings and tooling processing sheet metal cuts. Levels of automation. Bill of materials. Technical dossier of the tool. Use and maintenance manuals.

Used or generated information: rules of representation of sheet metal processing tools, manufacturing. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Draft plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogs. Product and design FMEA. Manufacturing procedures. Diagrams and sketches. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

TRAINING module 1: development of projects of useful of processed sheet metal level: 3 code: MF0108_3 associated with UC: designing useful for processing sheet metal duration: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: define tooling tooling, providing different constructive solutions according to the capacities of the presses and the requirements of production.

CE1.1 describe the procedures of cutting and forming sheet metal, depending on the products that are intended to get.

CE1.2 describe the basic forms of different helpful employees die (die, progressive, of double effect, fine blanking, deep drawing, bending, among others).

CE1.3 relate the parameters of sheet metal shearing forces that occur in the same processing.

CE1.4 relate the different formulas, standards, tables and nomograms which should be used for the dimensioning of the elements or forms that determine the tooling fixture.

CE1.5 in a so-called practical for obtaining useful for processing sheet metal, characterized by a product technical documentation and production requirements:-determine the procedures of cutting, bending and drawing to be used to obtain such product.

-Propose a constructive solution of the tool properly justified from the point of view of the feasibility of manufacturing and the profitability.

-Measure specific components (dies bases, column guides, rods, springs, among others) used in the construction of the tool to respond to the required loads, applying rules, formulas, nomograms or tables.

-Establish the standardized elements (springs, punches, pins, among others) and the materials needed to build the tool.

C2: Analyze the physical, chemical, mechanical and technological properties of metallic and non-metallic materials used in sheet metal processing tools and treatments to modify these properties.

CE2.1 describe the physical properties, chemical and mechanical that affect the selection of the useful materials, as well as the incidence of the main technological properties (machinability, ductility, malleability, temperabilidad, fundibilidad, among others) of materials, its production and use.

CE2.2 describe modifications of characteristics produced in materials by associating them with heat and surface treatments.

CE2.3 relate the different geometric shapes and surface qualities with machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE2.4 relate the means of verification with Foundry processes for checking the quality of the products obtained.

C3: Analyze the manufacturing processes and the means used to obtain tools, depending on the characteristics and limitations of the same.

CE3.1 describe the procedures of mechanical manufacturing (machining, foundry, Assembly, among others) and associate them with different products.


CE3.2 relate different geometric shapes, surface qualities and tolerances of form and position and dimension, with machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE3.3 assess the cost of obtaining products, depending on the manufacturing process and obtained from the same qualities.

CE3.4 relate the means of verification processes to check the quality of the products obtained.

C4: Assess the impact of the design of the tooling in its Assembly and disassembly and its adaptation to the standardized tools.

CE4.1 describe procedures for the installation of the most common elements used in the tooling.

CE4.2 relate those operations and elements used in the mounting with the tools standard employed in the same.

CE4.3 describe the safety aspects referred to in the Assembly of the most common elements.

CE4.4 in a practical course of disassembly and Assembly of elements characterized by a useful processing of sheet metal that needs some special tool and difficulty of access to these items:-describe the process of disassembly and Assembly.

-Select standard tools and instruments of control to perform the installation and verification of operation.

-Carry out the sketch of the special tools required for disassembly and Assembly of the item in question.

-Adjust the set elements.

-Make proposals for improvements in design to the assembled together, avoid the use of special tools or facilitating the Assembly.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C4 on CE4.4.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work performed.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. procedures of cutting and sheet cutting processes forming and forming sheet metal (punching, folding, bending, die-cutting, among others).

Standardized elements used in tooling (screws, pins, springs, columns, caps, among others).

Forms and details of tooling tooling construction. Bases, punches, males, matrix, limiting treaders, among others.

Forces in the sheet forming. Effort to cut, folded and stuffed. Extraction force. Force of expulsion.

Fixing and the band-pass retention devices. Guides. Bumpers. Pilots.

Presses used in tooling. Classification. Features. Accessories.

Impact of efforts arising in the machines. Thrusts. To avoid deformations in parts.

2. manufacturing procedures of manufacturing technology.

Machines and means of production.

Features of the machines according to machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tooling.

Costs of different manufacturing processes.

3. technological conception of moulds and models cutting forces, bent, pressed, extraction, among others.

Distribution of punches.

4. material properties of the materials. Physical. Chemical. Mechanical. Technological.

Materials. Classification, characteristics and applications.

Plastic (high polymers). Classification, characteristics and applications.

Ceramics. Classification, characteristics and applications.

Composite materials. Classification, characteristics and applications.

Commercial forms of materials.

5. heat treatments and surface types. Applications.

Influence on the characteristics of the materials.

6. dimensional metrology instruments of measurement, comparison and verification.

7 installation procedures and tools.

8. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in the design of useful processing of sheet with applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards to processing of sheet metal tooling design.

Regulations applicable protection of the processing of sheet metal tooling design environment.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of tools for the processing of sheet metal, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: automation of the useful of processed sheet metal level: 3 code: MF0109_3 associated with UC: Automate operational processes of tooling processing sheet metal duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: establish the sequence of operation and type of technology (electric, pneumatic or hydraulic) that should be used in the manufacture of tooling for sheet metal processing systems automation complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 explain the systems usually used for automating a production machine (robots, manipulators, carrying straps, production lines, among others).

CE1.2 describe the symbolism and nomenclature used in the representation of sequences of production.

CE1.3 evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using different types of technology (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others, depending on the characteristics of the process being automated.

CE1.4 establish the flowchart of the process that can be automated reasoning technology (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others that should be used and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

C2: Analyze the elements of power (actuators), normally used in electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic automation in order to determine its behavior.

CE2.1 explain the different types of actuators (cylinders, piston, among others) that are commonly used in the automation of the useful, relating characteristics (electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic) with their application type and the benefits that can be supplied.

CE2.2 reasoning possible electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic solutions to select the technology best suited to the course.

CE2.3 select the actuator, depending on required requests (speed, strength, response of the system, among others), to the technology chosen previously.

CE2.4 determine systems of actuators, depending on the required application, taking into account movements and efforts to which they are subject and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

CE2.5 define the linkage between actuator and application.

C3: Analysing the different types of sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to the manufacturing mechanics (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature, among others) determining use in automation.

CE3.1 describe the different types of sensors ('encoder', Tachometers, strain gauges, among others), which are normally used in the automation of machines, associating characteristics with the same applications.

CE3.2 relate the characteristics of sensors with benefits (range of application, assessment, precision, among others) who can supply.

CE3.3 describe the advantages and disadvantages of the different sensors for applications type.

C4: Analyze the possible solutions for remote control (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, or programmable), of the different actuators used in mechanical manufacturing, by automating processes.

CE4.1 describe applications of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, programmable control or their combinations, linking functionality, performance, and cost.

CE4.2 describe functions performed the various components in the power and control circuits.

CE4.3 relate 'schema types' of control with applications, according to actuators and variables that should be monitored.

CE4.4 make schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control or their combinations, to resolve various practical cases of combinational or sequential automatic, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other capabilities:


Responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. tooling processing pneumatic automation, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro-hydraulic automation systems and electrical.

Characteristics and application.

2. representation of automation techniques of representation of those processes.

Schematic representation of the automatic systems.

3. elements for Automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric or electronic) standard elements (types, characteristics, criteria of selection, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Remote control. Regulation. Security. PLC.

4. safety in the applicable design of automation with rules of prevention of occupational risks in the design of automation.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of operational processes of the useful processing of sheet metal, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: documentation technique for useful processing of sheet metal level: 3 code: MF0110_3 associated with UC: draw up the technical documentation of the useful length: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: draw useful processing of sheet metal planes, collecting the technical information necessary for their manufacture.

CE1.1 choose the graphical representation system and the scale for each element ensuring the interpretation of drawings and the level of detail required.

CE1.2 represent in accordance with regulations, the elevations, plants, sections and details, which form part of the graphic information that contain levels.

CE1.3 define the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the rules.

CE1.4 specify technological data of the designed element at levels (materials, standard elements, thermal or superficial treatments, surface qualities, regulations applicable, among others).

C2: Represent 'pneumatic, hydraulic and electric circuits', preparing diagrams of automation of operating processes of sheet metal processing tools.

CE2.1 identify the elements involved in automation systems.

CE2.2 sort information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 represent, in accordance with the applicable law, pneumatic, hydraulic and electric, schemes that are part of the technical documentation for the automation of product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the useful processing of sheet metal.

CE3.1 draw up instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using specific computer applications.

The CE3.2 is drawing up the dossier of the project integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly drawings and instructions for maintenance, among others.

CE3.3 describe the procedures of updating of the graphical information of the project, as well as document management.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. representation of useful processing of sheet metal of graphic representation.

Views, cuts and sections.

Dimensioning according to the manufacturing process.

Been superficial.

Dimensional tolerances.

Tolerances of form and position.

Croquización.

Sets.

Normalization.

2 systems of representation perspective Knight and isometric.

3 Office Word processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

4. Organization of a project information document management.

Procedures for updating documents.

5. specific applications of design computer aided design.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the technical documentation of the tool, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex VIII professional skill: Design of moulds and models professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME039_3 general competence design molds for casting, forging or stamping and casting models, taking into account the applicable regulations relating to quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

Competition UC0111_3 units: designing molds and models for the process of casting or forging UC0112_3: Automate operational processes of mold UC0113_3: draw up the technical documentation of the mold or model environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of moulds or models casting, forging or stamping, entities generally private nature , in companies of any size, with independence of its form legal, by has person. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. Can be personal to its charge in occasions, by seasons or of form stable. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Sectors productive this qualification is located in the sector of industries transforming of the metals and of them not metals, sub-sector of casting, forging and stamping.

Occupations and jobs of work relevant them terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs of work is used with character generic and all-inclusive of women and men.

Technical development of mould molds moulds designers technical draughtsmen designers training associate (570 hours) training modules MF0111_3: development of moulds and models (240 hours) MF0112_3: automating the process of molding (150 hours) MF0113_3: technical documentation for moulds and models (180 hours) unit of competition 1: designing molds and models for the process of casting or forging level : 3 code: UC0111_3 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: define the moulds or models for Foundry processes, forging or stamping, providing constructive solutions and determining specifications, features, layout, dimensions and cost of components and assemblies, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

1.1 CR moulds or models are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations, both processes and means employed in their manufacture, such as those relating to the process of casting, forging or stamping, as well as criteria to optimize yields and subsequent manufacturing economy.

CR 1.2 materials for the design of moulds and models are chosen by ensuring its resistance, finishes, costs and quality established.

CR 1.3 thermal and surface treatments to those who must submit the material to manufacture moulds or models are determined according to the design specifications.


CR 1.4 the definition of the model or model is determined taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, functionality, the cost of manufacturing and maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 design mold or model is corrected by taking into account the results of the tests.

CR 1.6 the characteristics of the mould or model is defined taking in has them specifications of approval.

2 RP: Sized moulds or models and their auxiliary systems, from established data and depending on the results of the required technical calculations.

CR 2.1 the effort or cargo loads are determined by analysing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 mold or model resistance to torsion, bending, shear, compression, break, among others, is set based on the loads which are going to submit.

2.3 CR coefficients of safety (break, life, among others) used in the application of calculations of elements are selected according to the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 the shape and dimension of the elements that make up the moulds or models (structures, connecting elements, channels of power, cooling, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 system filling and feeding of the mould (commissioning plaque, areas of attack, location of hot spots, among others) are determined on the basis of the results of the calculations ensuring the absence of defects in the power supply.

CR 2.6 standardized elements (screws, pins, cotter pins, guides, among others) are selected according to the loads to which are subject and features provided by the manufacturer.

3 RP: Establish the procedure for verification of design cast or model, ensuring their reliability, compliance with specifications and the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the verification procedure is determined according to aspects of product quality, regulatory and specific regulations, functionality, security and prevention of occupational risks, costs, tooling, viability of manufacturing, human resources and materials available, in addition to the FMEA of design and updating.

CR 3.2 types of trials and tests (resistance to breakage, fatigue, among others) are established allowing to know the degree of compliance of the product with the applicable rules or as required by customers.

CR 3.3 test or test parameters are determined depending on conditions of service (life, environmental, among others) that must support the product.

CR 3.4 the dimensioned drawing contrasts with the technical characteristics or levels of set of the product, checking that it has taken into account the manufacturing process at which the component should be.

CR 3.5 the validity of calculated filling and feeding system, is confirmed by simulation by computer or practical test.

CR 3.6 the development of the prototype is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose changes to the design.

Professional context: means of production: specific computer applications for design assisted by computer (CAD), mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic. Calculation and simulation of mechanisms specific computer applications. Specific applications of calculation and simulation of filling and feeding of cast iron parts. Specific applications of calculation and simulation of forging and stamping.

Products and results: constructive solutions of moulds and models. Bill of materials. Governance guidelines. Reports of studies of feasibility of manufacture of the product. Verification process.

Used or generated information: flat draft, Assembly and manufacture. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. Product and design FMEA. Foundry, forging or stamping procedures. Type-approval requirements. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

Unit 2 competition: Automate processes operating of mold level: 3 code: UC0112_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: determine conditions or operational processes of the mold operating cycle, whereas with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention.

CR 1.1 operating cycle is set by interpreting the technical specifications and the work process (materials processing, required features, functions of the machine or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 operating cycle is defined taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention to minimize risks.

CR 1.3 operating cycle is determined according to the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

2 RP: Set the actuator type and equipment of regulation for the automation of operational processes of mold, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 (pneumatic, hydraulic or electric) technology is selected based on the functional adaptation to the automated process, which is to be used in mould, reliability, cost and the customer's requirements.

CR 2.2 actuators and control equipment, are sized based on estimates of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established margins of safety.

CR 2.3 actuators in system position is determined considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.

3 RP: Carry out schemes of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, to automate operational processes of the mold or model, whereas with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic, are drawn using standardized symbols.

CR 3.2 schemes are carried out taking into account the technical specifications applicable to the represented system or legislation (pneumatic, hydraulic, pneumatic or electro-hydraulic), guaranteeing safety during operation.

CR 3.3 automatic circuit diagrams are represented by reflecting the operating cycle established (String, start, stop, among other conditions).

CR 3.4 listing of components (actuators, pipes, wiring, among others) and its technical features are reflected in the automatic circuit diagrams.

Professional context: means of production: specific applications of design assisted by computer (CAD), mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic. Calculation and simulation of mechanisms specific computer applications.

Products and results: pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical diagrams for business processes of mold. List of components and features.

Used or generated information: Flowchart of processes. Design manual. Standards of graphical representation. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. FMEA of product and design. Manufacturing procedures. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

Unit 3 competition: Develop the technique of the mold or model level documentation: 3 code: UC0113_3 realizations professionals and implementation criteria: RP 1: draw the planes of the mold or model, on the basis of whole planes, according to the manufacturing process and respecting applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 planes are made by applying the rules of drawing (drawing formats, line drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views and sections, among others).

1.2 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by the pieces and the type of planned production.

CR 1.3 element is defined allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the dimensions of transport, fasteners, protections in the transport, weight, among others.

CR 1.4 elements are represented using standardized construction forms (grooves, fluted, screws, among others) in order to standardize the product and ease of their manufacture and interchangeability.

CR 1.5 commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standardized elements described by the suppliers (performance, installation instructions, ancillary products of maintenance, among others).

2 RP: Draw plans of operating automated processes, from diagrams of power and control of pneumatic, hydraulic circuits, electro-pneumatic and electro-hydraulic.

CR 2.1 them flat is made applying the rules of drawing (formats of flat, lines of drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 plans are defined by integrating schemes of power and control of the various circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others whereas the legislation of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.


CR 2.3 integration of the different subsystems (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic,) among others is ensuring its compatibility, functionality, and its subsequent maintenance.

RP 3: develop the dossier technical of the mold or model, collecting instructions of use and maintenance, flat of joint and of manufacturing, schemes, list of spare parts, put in service, between others CR 3.1 them instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance is made highlighting them aspects critical, periods of maintenance and range of use.

3.2 CR documentation relating to mold (memoirs, list of spare parts, manuals, schematics, plans set, crafting, Assembly, including drawings) is ordered and supplements, ensuring the availability of information.

CR 3.3 technical reports relating to the viability of the design of the mold or model are drafted by adding modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 conclusions obtained during the phases of design, process automation, manufacturing of the prototype and trials are included in reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

4 RP: Keep updated and organized the technical documentation necessary for the development of mould or model.

CR 4.1 plans are reviewed and updated compliance guidelines for the inclusion of modifications.

CR 4.2 the technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 documentation is classified according to established standards and allows its easy location and access.

Professional context: means of production: computer specific design applications (CAD), computer-aided, mechanical, electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic. Specific applications of Office Automation.

Products and results: cutting of molds and assembly drawings. Levels of automation. Bill of materials. Technical dossier and technical reports. Use and maintenance manuals.

Used or generated information: representation of molds and elements of automation and manufacturing standards. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Draft plans. Technical specifications to be completed. Design manual. Commercial catalogs. FMEA of product and design. Manufacturing procedures. Diagrams and sketches. With applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

TRAINING module 1: development of moulds and models level: 3 code: MF0111_3 associated with UC: design molds and models for casting or forging duration: 240 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: define molds and models for casting, providing various constructive solutions.

CE1.1 describe the procedures of obtaining moulds and casting models analyzing influence in defining the mold or model.

CE1.2 explain the casting process relating it to the behavior of the material in moulds or models during this process.

CE1.3 describe the basic forms of useful different employees in processes of molding (specks, moulds, cores, foundry, among others) explaining its utility.

CE1.4 relate the different formulas, standards, tables and nomograms which should be used with the sizing of the elements or forms that determine the mold or cast model.

CE1.5 in a so-called practical for obtaining parts by casting, characterized by a product technical documentation and production requirements establish:-a constructive solution of the mold or model properly justified from the point of view of the feasibility of manufacturing and the profitability.

-The specific components used in the construction of the mold or model by applying rules, formulas, nomograms or tables.

-Standardized elements (molding boxes, troughs, among others) and the materials needed to build the mold or model.

C2: Define matrices or dies for forging and stamping, providing various constructive solutions.

CE2.1 describe the procedures of obtaining of arrays or dies for forging and stamping by analyzing its influence on the definition of the matrix or mold.

CE2.2 explain forging process by relating it to the behavior of the material in moulds or matrices during its formation.

CE2.3 explain the stamping process, relating it to the behavior of the material on the arrays during its formation.

CE2.4 describe the basic forms of useful different employees in processes of forged, explaining its utility.

CE2.5 describe the basic forms of useful different employees in processes of stamping, explaining its utility.

CE2.6 relate the different formulas, standards, tables and nomograms which should be used for the dimensioning of the elements or forms that determine the mould or matrix.

CE2.7 in a practical course characterized by technical documentation of a product obtained by forging or stamping and dies production requirements, is set:-a constructive solution of the matrix or mould properly justified from the point of view of the feasibility of manufacturing and the profitability.

-The specific components used in the construction of the matrix or mould by applying rules, formulas, nomograms or tables.

-Standardized elements and materials needed to build the matrix or mold.

-The graphical representation of support and the matrix or defined mold.

C3: Analyze the physical, chemical, mechanical and technological properties of metallic and non-metallic materials used in molds and models in casting, forging or stamping processes and procedures for the modification of such properties.

CE3.1 describe the physical properties, chemical and mechanical that affect the selection of materials for the mold or model, as well as the incidence of the main technological properties (machinability, ductility, malleability, hardenability, fundibilidad, among others) of materials, the drafting and use of mould or model.

CE3.2 describe modifications of characteristics produced in materials by associating them with heat and surface treatments.

C4: Analyze the manufacturing processes and the means used in obtaining products, on the basis of the characteristics and limitations of the same.

CE4.1 describe the procedures of mechanical manufacturing (machining, foundry, Assembly, among others) and associate them with different products.

CE4.2 relate different geometric shapes, surface qualities and tolerances of form and position and dimension, with machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE4.3 evaluate the cost of the procurement of products, depending on the manufacturing process and obtained from the same qualities.

CE4.4 relate the means of verification processes to check the quality of the products obtained.

C5: Assess the impact of the design of moulds and models in their Assembly and disassembly and its adaptation to the standardized tools.

CE5.1 linking operations and elements used in the Assembly with the tools used in it.

CE5.2 describe aspects of safety relating to the Assembly of elements of casting, forging or stamping.

CE5.3 in a practical course of disassembly and Assembly of elements characterized by molds and models in which any special tool is needed and there is difficulty of access to these items:-describe the process of disassembly and Assembly.

-Select standard tools and instruments of control to perform the installation and verification of operation.

-Carry out the sketch of the special tools required for disassembly and Assembly of the item in question.

-Adjust the set elements.

-Make proposals for improvements in design to the assembled together, avoid the use of special tools or facilitating the Assembly.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.7; C5 regarding CE5.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work performed.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. procedures for obtaining parts by molding, forging or stamping casting in sand molds. Casting in metal moulds. Pressure, centrifugal and gravity casting.

Basic forms of useful different employees in the process of molding. Specks.

Cores. Moulds forge, among others.

Forging. Stamping (die cutting, bending, roll forming, among others). Extrusion. Stressed.

Design features of the molds.

2. manufacturing procedures of manufacturing technology.

Machines and means of production.

Features of the machines according to machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tooling.

Costs of different manufacturing processes.

3. technological conception of moulds and models cutting forces, bent, pressed, extraction, conformation


Processes operative molds and matrices.

Elements operating and functional moulds and matrices.

Materials used in moulds and models.

4. elements normalized of moulds and models standard (plates, columns, caps, among others).

Cooling elements.

Heating elements.

Auxiliaries (centering rings, drinking fountains, Eyebolts, among others).

Punches and ejector.

5. material properties of the materials. Physical. Chemical. Mechanical. Technological.

Metals. Classification, characteristics and use.

Plastic (high polymers). Classification, characteristics and use.

Ceramics. Classification, characteristics and use.

Composite materials. Classification, characteristics and use.

Commercial forms of materials.

6. heat treatments and surface types. Applications.

Influence on the characteristics of the materials.

7. dimensional metrology instruments of measurement, comparison and verification.

Tolerances of form and position, dimension 8. Assembly procedures and tools.

9. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in the design of moulds and applicable normative models of prevention of occupational hazards to the design of moulds and models.

Rules applicable protection of the environment in the design of moulds and models.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of moulds and models for the process of casting or forging, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: automation of the process of mold level: 3 code: MF0112_3 associated with UC: Automate operational processes of the mould duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: establish the sequence of operation and type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electronic) that should be used in the automation of operational processes of the mould, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 explain the systems usually used to automate a mould for casting, stamping or forging production (actuators, control elements, sensors, among others).

CE1.2 describe the symbolism and nomenclature used in the representation of sequences of operation.

CE1.3 evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using different types of technology (pneumatic, electric, hydraulic,) among others, depending on the characteristics of the process being automated.

CE1.4 establish the flowchart of the process that can be automated, reasoning technology (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric,) among others that should be used and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

C2: Analyze the elements of power (actuators), commonly used in pneumatic and hydraulic automation applicable to mould determining their behavior and application.

CE2.1 describe different types of actuators, normally used in pneumatic and hydraulics (cylinders, piston, among others), with the characteristics of their applications and benefits that can be supplied.

CE2.2 reasoning possible hydraulic and pneumatic solutions to select the technology best suited to the course.

CE2.3 select the actuator, depending on required requests (speed, strength, response of the system, among others) and its technical data sheet information.

CE2.4 determine systems of actuators, depending on the required application, taking into account movements and efforts to which they are subject and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

CE2.5 define the linkage between actuator and application.

C3: Analyze the elements of power (actuators), commonly used in electrical automation, applicable to the manufacture, determining their behavior and application.

CE3.1 describe different types of electric actuators (motors, AC, brushless, among others), with the characteristics of your application type and the benefits that can be supplied.

CE3.2 relate the characteristics of the electric actuators with benefits that can be supplied.

CE3.3 select the actuator, depending on the required loads and its technical data sheet information.

CE3.4 determine systems of the operator, depending on the required application, taking into account movements and efforts to which it is subject and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

CE3.5 define the linkage between actuator and application.

C4: Analysing the different types of sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to manufacturing (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature,) among others by determining its application.

CE4.1 describe different types of sensors ('encoder', Tachometers, strain gauges, among others), which are normally used in the automation of moulds, associating characteristics with applications.

CE4.2 relate them characteristics of the sensors with them benefits (range of application, appreciation, precision, among others) that can supply.

CE4.3 describe the advantages and disadvantages of the different sensors for applications type.

C5: Establish the possible solutions for remote control (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, or programmable), of the different actuators used in mould, by automating processes.

CE5.1 describe applications of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric, programmable control or their combinations, linking functionality, performance, and cost.

CE5.2 describe functions performed the various components in the power and control circuits.

CE5.3 relate 'schema types' of control with applications, according to actuators and variables that should be monitored.

CE5.4 make schemas of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control or their combinations, to resolve various practical cases of combinational or sequential automatic, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Complete the work according to criteria of fitness, speed, economy and efficiency.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. automation of the operating process of cast pneumatic automation, pneumatics, hydraulics, electro-hydraulic and electric.

Characteristics and application.

2. representation of automation techniques of representation of processes.

Schematic representation of the automatic systems.

3. elements for Automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronic) standard elements (types, characteristics, criteria of selection, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Remote control. Regulation. PLC.

4. safety in the design of automation rules applicable for prevention of occupational hazards to the automatism.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of operational processes of the cast, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: documentation technique for moulds and models level: 3 code: MF0113_3


Associated with UC: drawing up the technical documentation of the mold or model duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: draw in adequate support and with conventional and computer media, crafting of moulds and models picking up the technical information required for its manufacture.

CE1.1 choose the graphical representation system and the scale for each element.

CE1.2 represent in accordance with the applicable legislation, the elevations, plants, sections and details, which form part of the graphic information that contain levels.

CE1.3 define the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying legislation.

CE1.4 at levels specify technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or superficial treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others).

C2: Represent 'schemes' Automation, pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical circuits.

CE2.1 identify the elements involved in automation systems.

CE2.2 sort information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 represent in accordance with applicable regulations, pneumatic diagrams, hydraulic and electric, that are part of the technical documentation for the automation of product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the mould.

CE3.1 draw up instructions and manuals required for use and maintenance of the product developed using specific computer applications.

The CE3.2 is drawing up the dossier of the project integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly drawings and instructions for maintenance, among others.

CE3.3 describe the procedures of updating of the graphical information of the project, as well as document management.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: complete C1.

Other skills: be responsible for the work developed and objectives.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new contexts or situations.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. representation of moulds and models standards of representation graphics.

Views, cuts and sections.

Dimensioning according to the manufacturing process.

Been superficial.

Dimensional and shape tolerances.

Croquización. Sets.

Normalization.

Removable and non removable connections.

Elements of machines.

2 systems of representation perspective Knight and isometric.

3 Office Word processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations 4. Document management information of a project organization.

Procedures for updating documents.

5. specific applications of design computer aided design.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the technical documentation of the mold or model, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex IX professional skill: Design in the shipbuilding industry professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME254_3 general competition design and draw up the technical documentation for the construction and repair of the vessel, based on preliminary and basic engineering instructions, complying with technical specifications, quality standards and applicable legislation on naval, occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Competition UC0812_3 units: design elements of structures in construction and UC0813_3 ship repair: design manoeuvres in naval construction and repair UC0814_3: design elements of armament in the naval construction and repair UC0815_3: develop technical documentation of naval construction and repair environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department dedicated to design in the shipbuilding industry, in entities of public or private nature-sized businesses small, medium or large, self-employed, irrespective of its legal form. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Sectors production is located in the sector of construction and ship repair, sub-sector of construction and repair of boats, except for recreation and sport.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Draughtsmen technical naval designers in naval CAD technicians in development of shipbuilding training associate (600 hours) training modules MF0812_3: design of structures in construction and ship repair (180 hours) MF0813_3: design of maneuvers in naval construction and repair (120 hours) MF0814_3: design of armament construction and ship repair (180 hours) MF0815_3: technical documentation for construction and ship repair (120 hours) unit of competition 1 : Design the elements of structures in the construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: UC0812_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: draw up plans construction and Assembly for the definition of structures in construction and ship repair, applying established procedures of calculation, on the basis of the instructions received, basic engineering and technical documentation specifications complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 them aspects relating to the form, dimensions, functionality, tolerances, data technology and finish required by the type of structure is represent fulfilling them standards and them requirements required.

CR 1.2 constructive structure strategy adapts to the requirements of the basic engineering, naval architecture and classification society.

CR 1.3 information relating to the proceedings of court and conformed to the State of completion of edges, leftovers and welding processes conform to the technical requirements demanded.

CR 1.4 identification of each element or set of steps with elements of armament and structure is reflected in the technical information contained in the plans.

CR 1.5 aspects which have impact on the definition of productive processes and quality control are collected in the constructive plans and Assembly, taking into account the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2 RP: Define auxiliary documentation, for the development, manufacture and Assembly of structures in construction and ship repair, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 auxiliary documentation is appended to the planes and includes, among others: sketch of the panels, figurative for beds, data for mapping, templates of forming, cutting of the elements, construction details, among others.

CR 2.2 parameters that have to be checked in the dimensional control and forms are included in the documentation and comply with the technical specifications.

2.3 CR intermediates coding and addressing them are defined according to the requirements of applicable technical specifications and structures.

3 RP: Define the materials necessary for the manufacture, Assembly or repair of naval product according to construction plans, taking into account the specifications of the basic engineering, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 the materials are selected according to the plans of classification and development specifications, and comply with the specifications and certifications of classification societies.

CR 3.2 BOMs are encoded and allow their identification and incorporation in each phase of the process, areas or lines of work, according to the constructive strategy.


CR 3.3 intermediate products, made in previous phases, is covered by the lists of materials.

CR 3.4 types, dimensions and qualities of the product which has to incorporate, are defined and included in the list of materials.

CR 3.5 characteristics of the materials are defined taking into account the constructive solution and the cost of them.

4 RP: Develop cutting for construction and ship repair information, including data for programming of automats of CNC and robots, according to the materials defined in the assembly drawings or construction, with General instructions and complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

4.1 CR dimension, chamfers, quality and the material to be cut (nested) use are specified in the documentation of the Court, taking into account the criteria of leftovers.

CR 4.2 cutting information is generated for each process, working area and used machinery.

CR 4.3 data layout for each piece (dimensions, shapes, type, degree of finishing of edges, among others), are set to take account of the technical requirements of different machines and materials.

CR 4.4 identification, coding and destination of the parts is incorporated into the cutout information.

CR 4.5 machines and robots programming data are established taking into account the requirements of the process of cutting, material type and type of machine or robot to be used.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and specific applications for design and calculation.

Products and results: plans of development of each intermediate product for developing, manufacturing, and Assembly. Documentation to the planes. Sketches and documentation of court. Cutting and marking machines for data. Assistant graphic information. Listing of parts and materials.

Used or generated information: contractual specification. Criteria for coding. Levels of classification. Documentation of naval architecture. Constructive strategy. Lists of materials. Catalogue of intermediate products. Plans of development. Characteristics of the areas of labour, machinery and processes. Welding by phases and areas of work procedures. Dimensional control and other criteria. Legislation in the area of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Type-approval requirements. The applicable sector specific legislation.

Unit 2 competition: Design the MANEUVERS in construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: UC0813_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: calculate the maneuvers of ships, elements, blocks, machinery, heavy or complex, sets directions for the basic engineering to determine the ability of the media to be used, defining the means to intervene and how to perform them taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 transport and processing of manoeuvre capabilities are obtained from the process of calculation of weights and centre of gravity of the different elements.

CR 1.2 layout of the stables and characteristics is obtained by calculating loads that favor a uniform distribution of efforts, to avoid stress in the vessel, Harrow or dam.

1.3 CR tanks to ballast and ballast on the ship and floating dock volume, are determined through calculations of stability to minimize tensions from the town and floating dock.

CR 1.4 the uniform weight distribution is obtained from studies and calculations of turndown of stranding, considering the conditions of trim, getting that support from the ship is safe and uniform.

1.5 CR elements of shooting (cables, slings, fishnets, Eyebolts, or other) are arranged with tilt angles allowing you to support efforts to those who are going to be subjected.

1.6 CR quantification and to move weight distribution and location during testing of the vessel stability are obtained in the stability calculations.

2 RP: Elaborate set and levels of detail for the definition of transfer and blocks-turning maneuvers, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 characteristics of the work area and equipment that make it up are included in the documentation that defines the maneuvers.

CR 2.2 the disposition of the operation is reflected in the information and allows to know the location of elements of boot, useful employees (shackles, slings, among others), and the angle of shot, as well as necessary reinforced in adjoining areas to tie down points.

CR 2.3 the peak workloads of all elements are determined through calculations of efforts applied to each type of operation.

CR 2.4 each phase and construction phase for sub-blocks, blocks and heavy armament equipments are collected in the planes, they will include the information in the transport process.

3 RP: Elaborate set and levels of detail for the definition of anchoring, mooring and towing manoeuvres, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the sequence and phases that characterize the different maneuvers are defined in such a way that they optimize and ensuring all aspects of safety in them.

CR 3.2 means that must intervene, how to make them, materials, their qualities, and the technical specifications are collected in planes, and are those required by the type of manoeuvre and are in accordance with the regulations in force.

CR 3.3 elements of tyre and available for each type of maneuver are defined to get tilt angles that will reduce efforts and tensions and improve the resistance.

CR 3.4 establishment of a defined security area referred to in the before and after study of development information for the maneuver.

4 RP: Elaborate set and levels of detail for the definition of criteria and launching maneuvers, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 media involved, the construction process of the same, materials and the technical specifications required depending on the type of manoeuvre are defined in the planes of maneuvers.

CR 4.2 situation, capacities and distribution of loads of the ship, as well as tanks that is must be ballasted and amount of ballast for the launching or criteria are obtained by applying stability calculations and efforts.

4.3 CR materials, available on the train of skids and eels, as well as how to retain the ship during the trip until its launching is collected in launching planes and they comply with the technical specifications of maneuver required.

CR 4.4 identify areas that may suffer damage in launching or criteria manoeuvres and large efforts and provides the kind of protection that prevents distortion and damage to the helmet.

CR 4.5 launch withheld is determined by applying the procedures set out in the calculations.

RP 5: Develop plans set and detail for the definition of the maneuvers of stranding, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 situation, capacities and distribution of loads of the ship, as well as tanks that is must be ballasted and amount of ballast to the stranding is obtained by applying stability calculations and efforts.

CR 5.2 types of materials, available on the stranding train as well as the form of hold or pull the ship during the trip until the end of the manoeuvre are arranged in such a way that to avoid overexertion and vessel damage.

CR 5.3 elements of shooting (winches, windlasses, blocks, or other) are available to keep these tilt angles appropriate to the direction of shooting and maintain efforts and tensions within the values in the calculation of efforts and avoid damage to the ship.

CR 5.4 zones of influence of the vessel in the varada maneuver that may suffer emotional and damage are identified and the type of protection that prevent or minimize these are available.

5.5 CR positioning of the stables, trim of the ship, centering system, recognition of hull, ballasting and elements of the helmet, are collected at the level of grounding according to technical specifications and requirements of the type of vessel and stranding area.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and specific applications of CAD computer-aided design falls naval sector.

Products and results: development of calculations and drawings of maneuvers with reference to the applicable regulations.

Used or generated information:


Constructive strategy and development plans. Plans of general layout of the ship and the area of maneuvers. Catalogue of intermediate products. Contractual specifications. Weights and centers of gravity of ships, blocks, elements and sets. Technical characteristics of lift, transport and support area. Technical characteristics of the areas of work, its machinery and processes. Capacities and disposition of tanks of the ship and dock. Services in structural tanks schemes. Applicable rules on naval, occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Applicable quality standards.

Unit 3 competition: Design the elements of ARMAMENT in the construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: UC0814_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: develop schemes of service, to define the facilities, procedures established from technical documentation, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 service schemes are prepared fulfilling the requirements contained in basic preliminary diagrams of the project and own each computer or machine, and take into account the direction of flow and connection.

CR 1.2 them regulations of the societies of classification, them specifications technical of design, the regulation of the exploitation of ship and the regulation of the Organization maritime international (IMO), is contemplated in them schemes of them facilities.

1.3 CR losses of load, speed, flow, pressure and diameter of the pipes are calculated and are reflected in the schema.

CR 1.4 schemes are elaborated using symbols and graphic representation established regulations.

CR 1.5 vents are calculated and plotted on the basis of the renovations required for each Department and velocity in the ducts and exits.

CR 1.6 listings of components and the definition of the valves, piping and equipment with their technical specifications are collected on different schemes of service facilities.

2 RP: Create 3D models as well as the definition and positioning of equipment and machinery, to comply with the specifications of the vessel, from the corresponding technical documentation.

CR 2.1 grouping of teams is carried out according to the specifications of the ship and the technical documentation of the defined machinery in the development of the project.

CR 2.2 different areas are defined on the basis of sub-blocks, blocks, areas or type of vessel, allowing the rational development of the project.

CR 2.3 points of connection in the models 3D of various equipment and machinery are determined taking into account technical specifications, books of instructions and documentation sent by suppliers.

CR 2.4 positioning of equipment and machinery 3D is defined at the disposal of the installation areas and services, as indicated by the reference frameworks.

3 RP: Perform the construction drawings required for the elaborate and armament Assembly, taking into account the specifications and technical documentation established and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR pipeline routing, ease of Assembly and disassembly, load losses and expansions, and good visual impact are included in final schemes.

CR 3.2 layout of the pipe with a globalized view of the designed area, collecting the different services, equipment and accessories connected, referred to in the Routing and installation schemes.

CR 3.3 the manufactured and Assembly of piping and the determination of materials, dimensions and treatment, is defined in the isometric.

CR 3.4 layout of the pipe supports is done taking into account the efforts to structure and its possible reinforced, avoiding noise and vibration.

CR 3.5 fixed and sliding supports are placed to allow a good behavior of piping to deformation by expansion.

3.6 CR purlins and reinforced structure for machinery and equipment are designed on the basis their position and in accordance with the requirements of classification societies.

4 RP: Determine the materials, components and the order of Assembly of the weapons according to the construction plans and specifications defined in basic engineering, for the Assembly of the vessel, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 list of materials is made according to the schemes, provisions and isometric that define the pipe, fittings and valves, standard, quality and code or figure.

CR 4.2 provisioning requests are carried out according to the diagrams and constructive plans and define materials, pipes, valves, fittings and elements of measurement and testing.

CR 4.3 Assembly process sequences are established defining the order to continue installation, based on the plans and building outlines.

CR 4.4 cutting lists and formed tubing is contemplated in the isometric manufactured and assembled.

4.5 CR identification of valves and their role in the installation of the service are defined in the lists of label plates.

4.6 CR specifications of cutting sheet metal and marking for idler pulley, bracket and vents are determined and included in the documentation prepared with computer support.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and specific applications of design CAD, CAD-CAE naval sector.

Products and results: services schemes. Construction plans of development, isometric elaboration and installation of pipes, routing of pipes, fittings and valves. Design of purlins and supports. List of all materials, ready for cutting and forming, Assembly sequences. Models 3D for provisions and routing of pipelines. Positioning of equipment and machinery in area, block, or ship. Technical reports.

Used or generated information: technical documentation (specification, build strategy, plans, isometric, general layout of the ship, preliminary and definitive diagrams among others). Operation of machinery and equipment. Catalogue of products. Rules and regulations of quality. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Standards of quality.

Unit 4 competition: Develop LA documentation technique of construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: UC0815_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: drawing the plans of the designed product, and drawing up lists of materials, their manufacture, from technical specifications, according to the process of manufacture and Assembly of naval products, achieving established quality and respecting the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 naval construction and repair product is defined by considering the feasibility of the manufacture, maintenance and Assembly (accessibility, use of standard tools, ease of Assembly, automation, or others).

CR 1.2 planes are made by applying the symbols and rules of drawing (formats of planes, line drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views, sections, or other) established.

1.3 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by the pieces and the type of planned production.

CR 1.4 the different elements are defined by setting the dimensions of transport, fasteners, protections in the transport, weight, or other to allow his transfer and handling safely.

CR 1.5 elements are represented using standardized construction forms (plates, records, scallops, lightening, flanges, grommets, unions, or others) to standardize the product and facilitate manufacture.

2 RP: Draw schematic drawings to develop pneumatic and hydraulic circuits considering the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 schemes are made by applying standardized drawing standards for the sector (drawing formats, lines drawing, dimensioning, or others).

CR 2.2 schemes are defined by compliance regulations of the societies of classifications, technical specifications of design, IMO, operation and inspection of ships, environmental protection and safety standards regulations.

CR 2.3 the elements that make up the system are arranged to ensure and facilitate subsequent maintenance.

3 RP: Develop the technical dossier of the product (instructions of use and maintenance, plans set, diagrams, parts list, or others) and technical reports related to the feasibility of design, needs of manufacture and, where applicable, putting into service, fulfilling the requirements of the project or reference standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the developed product are included in the report.

CR 3.2 documentation (reports, plans, schemes, flat mounting, maintenance, presentation, or other) is ordered and checks that it is complete.


CR 3.3 report is made by looking at the project's requirements or standards of reference (technical specifications, materials and products, functionality, maintenance, safety, costs, quality, media handling, storage and transportation, guarantee of supplies, or others).

CR 3.4 the findings are reflected in the written report, expressing them in a clear and orderly way, and respecting the instructions received.

4 RP: Keep updated and organized the technical documentation required for the development of the product.

CR 4.1 historical ones are updated by adding quality and making observations and modifications of the product, throughout their production and life.

CR 4.2 technical documentation is updated and organized, allowing to know the validity of the existing documentation (catalogues, magazines, quality manual, plans, or other) and systematically incorporating amendments affecting the drawings and technical documents.

CR 4.3 documentation is classified according to established standards and allows its easy location and access to it.

Professional context: means of production: equipment and specific applications of naval sector, specific office applications CAD computer aided design.

Products and results: flat: set and breakdowns of products manufacture and Assembly of naval projects. Bill of materials. Technical dossier. Use and maintenance manuals.

Used or generated information: drawing standards. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Elements normalized. Draft plans. Technical specifications to be completed. Design manual. Commercial catalogs. Quality manuals. Diagrams and sketches.

TRAINING module 1: design of structures in the construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: MF0812_3 associated with UC: design elements of structures in construction and naval repair duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical information contained in basic engineering and naval architecture drawings to get data allowing to develop constructive solutions and the development of the constructive plans and mounting by applying established calculation procedures.

CE1.1 obtain data dimensions of sheets and profiles, and set 'previous' blocks to develop constructive and assembly drawings.

CE1.2 relate how to build and cut up the ship, taking into account the facilities, workshops and machines with different constructive solutions.

CE1.3 develop constructive and assembly drawings using computer modeling and 2D applications by identifying and encoding different building elements and materials.

CE1.4 develop the documentation Assistant for each of the intermediate elements to carry out the processes of manufacture and Assembly of structures.

CE1.5 in a so-called practical, of a block of a vessel, characterized by the technical documents required:-calculations of dimensions of constructive elements of structures: reinforcements at points of placement of Poles, masts, portholes, watertight doors, structural ducts, or others.

CE1.6 in a practical course, of a 'previous' characterized by the technical documents required:-define the welding of union between two elements, indicating the process and expressing it on planes.

C2: Develop plans of cutting and detail of constructive elements of structures, providing information allowing their manufacture, using specific applications of design modeling and 2D.

CE2.1 information for installation, and the constructive plans to prepare plans for cutting and technical documentation of detail.

CE2.2 develop processes of developing, manufacturing, and Assembly of structures, on the basis of the technical documentation.

CE2.3 in a so-called practical, of a block of a vessel characterized by the technical documents required:-develop the cutting and detailed drawings.

-Define the documents and parameters for the dimensional control.

-Encode the intermediates and addressing them.

C3: Determine the materials necessary for the manufacture, installation and repair of naval structures according to the building plans, materials specification, compliance with legislation and quality of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 assign materials, characterized and encoded to manufacture and assemble parts of structures.

In a practical course of construction or repair naval CE3.2:-draw up the lists of materials for different processes, areas and lines of work.

-Define each item in the list by their code of reference, size, type and quality of the material.

-Identify the different components of the cost of acquisition of materials.

C4: Prepare court documentation and programming of automatic machines and CNC robot, to the layout and cutting of plates, profiles and tubes, depending on the materials defined in the Assembly, construction or repair planes, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE4.1 interpret construction drawings and Assembly information obtaining information for the Court.

CE4.2 adequately define the processes of layout and cutting of plates, profiles and tubes for structures, identifying the aspects involved in manufacturing.

CE4.3 in a practical course, the construction of a block of a vessel:-develop programs of machines, of areas and lines of work, using techniques of manual programming and computer applications that conform to the established process.

-Carry out the programming of automats of cutting CNC and robots for the layout and cutting materials.

-Encode the product for its correct identification and destination.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.5 and CE1.6; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.2; C4 on CE4.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. construction projects and naval repair ship specifications. Basic structural engineering and armament.

Naval architecture detail and general.

Regulations of classification societies.

Concepts of sealing and progressive flooding.

Catalogues of intermediate products.

2. constructive structures naval planning strategy. Organization.

Inventory management.

Production systems.

Project management.

3. construction of marine structures. Constructive technology. Rules and tables helmets.

Porches.

Scantling.

Covers.

Bulkheads.

Formers.

Baos.

Profiles.

4 grafostatica applied to the design of structures in construction and naval repair composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation chart of reinforcements, timbers, beams and longitudinal.

Now static. Center of gravity.

5. calculation of structures in construction and repair naval materials and their resistances.

Centres of gravity.

Module resistant.

Stability of vessels.

Vibrations.

Analysis of elements structural in construction and repair naval.

Efforts of traction; compression; cutting; bending; torque.

Materials used in the shipbuilding industry: technical specifications, certifications, intermediate products, standards and classification codes, methods of coding, marine corrosion, protections, among others.

6 tolerances and adjustments applied in design of tolerances naval structures and systems settings.

Surface States.

Criteria of dimensional control.

Criteria of leftovers and chamfers.

7 techniques and processes of layout and thermal cut in naval construction and repair methods of design of the piece. Path lines.

Waste management systems.

Techniques of nested.

Programming of the numerical control techniques.

Robots programming techniques.

Oxyfuel, plasma, laser cutting. Cutting parameters.

Bandsaw, sawing. Cutting parameters.

Programming of the numerical control techniques.

Use of leftovers.

Design of the piece.

In naval structures welding process: description, features and practical calculation of Soldered joints.

Welding angle: features.

Butt welding: features.

Rules and tables: application.

Deformations and stresses in the welded joint.

Treatments.

8. planning of production in construction techniques and ship repair work Areas.

Lines of work.

Machines.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.


Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of the elements of structures in construction and ship repair, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: design of MANEUVERS in construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: MF0813_3 associated with UC: design manoeuvres in naval construction and repair duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: develop and calculate the maneuvers of the ship, elements, blocks, machinery and heavy sets to define the means, complying with the applicable quality standards , prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 describe different launch systems, manoeuvring, mooring and anchoring elements.

CE1.2 in a so-called practical, a vessel manoeuvre, characterized by technical information:-the calculations of weights and centres of gravity.

-Define the capabilities of the means of lifting and transport according to the weights and centres of gravity.

-Identify the different components of the cost of making the maneuvers.

CE1.3 define the processes of operation, quality and type of auxiliary materials taking into account the established calculations and media to use.

CE1.4 develop the site of the stables in Harrow or dam according to the loads.

CE1.5 in a so-called practical, a vessel stability tests, characterized by technical information:-quantify weights for this test.

-Distribute weights for this test.

CE1.6 define capabilities and location of tanks to ballast in the own ship as a floating dock.

C2: Elaborate set and levels of detail for the definition of relocation maneuvers and overturning blocks, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE2.1 identify information that will allow us to know the peak workloads of all elements.

CE2.2 develop technical information of operation depending on the characteristics of an area of work and equipment that comprise it.

CE2.3 in a practical course, a block, characterized by technical information:-develop plans of cutting and detail of maneuvers using computer modeling and 2D applications.

-Create information for each phase and construction phase for sub-blocks, blocks, heavy weaponry, and transport equipment if necessary.

C3: Elaborate set and detailed drawings for the definition of anchoring, mooring and towing manoeuvres, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE3.1 in a practical course of mooring, characterized by technical documentation:-develop plans of development of the manoeuvre the step guides, chocks, bollards, among others, the cables and hawsers.

-Establish a defined security area.

CE3.2 in a practical course of anchorage characterized by technical documentation:-develop the plans of development of the maneuver with the characteristics of chains, anchors, anchors and chain stowage.

-Establish a defined security area.

CE3.3 in a practical case of a trailer characterized by technical documentation:-draw up development of maneuver planes indicating their fixed points on ship, spinning shot, location of the vessel and the signals for these maneuvers, according to regulation.

-Establish a defined security area.

C4: Elaborate plans together and detail for the definition of launching operations, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE4.1 in a so-called practical of launching in Harrow characterized by the documentation technical:-develop them flat of set and detail, defining the disposal of pantoqueras, riding, Struts, tanks of ballast, skids, eels and bed of launch.

-Establish a defined security area.

CE4.2 in a practical course of launching car characterized by technical documentation:-develop plans together and detail, defining the disposition of ship in cart, shot and snatch blocks.

-Establish a defined security area.

CE4.3 in a so-called a maneuver of launching coaster characterized by technical documentation:-develop the technical information of the launch process, defining the sequences and operations of ballast, strengthening of Saints of bow and Stern, guying eels, mobile retained, withheld from stables and props, application of hydraulic jacks, cutting fixed retainer.

-Establish a defined security area.

C5: Elaborate plans together and detail for the definition of stranding maneuvers, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE5.1 correctly describe the test protocols.

CE5.2 in a practical course of stranding characterized by technical documentation:-properly plan the stranding.

-Developing joint plans and detail defining stranding maneuvers taking into account transverse engines, seacocks, plugs, probes, sliding and riding situation and stands.

-Establish a defined security area.

-Develop technical information for the process of stranded according to the work area and equipment of maneuver.

-Mark the ballasting, situation and weight of the ship, ship guided procedure, indicating the location and angle of shot of winches, capstans and snatch blocks.

-Establish a defined security area.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.2 and CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; Complete C3; Complete C4; C5 regarding CE5.2.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. drill ships and structural blocks transfer and tumbling of blocks.

Mooring, anchoring, towing, launching, criteria and stranding.

Calculation of maneuvers.

Test protocols.

2 grafostatica applied to the design of maneuvers in naval construction and repair composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation of strength of materials.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

3. analytical study of structural elements in repair and manoeuvre of ships Sometidos efforts of traction; compression; cutting; bending; torque.

4 elements of maneuver and elevation in construction and naval repair elements of shooting (cables, slings, fishnets, Eyebolts, shackles, claws, among others).

Machinery (bridge crane, cranes, gantries, trucks, among others).

Levar machines. Clamping elements. Boxes. Auxiliary elements.

5 tolerances and adjustments applied to the maneuvers of construction and naval repair tolerances and systems settings.

Criteria of dimensional control.

Criteria of leftovers and chamfers.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of manoeuvres on naval construction and repair, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: design of the ARMAMENT in the construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: MF0814_3 associated with UC: design elements of armament in the naval construction and repair duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical documentation for the development of schemes of service applying established procedures, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.


CE1.1 elaborate schemes of ventilation systems and services plans taking into account the situation of the equipment and machinery, according to the data of the technical documentation.

CE1.2 identify the parameters involved in the calculation of pipe networks.

CE1.3 interpret the symbolism used in the representation of schemas.

CE1.4 in a practical course of dimensioning of pipelines, characterized by technical documentation:-the preliminary calculations correctly of dimensioning of pipe networks, on the basis of data obtained from the technical documentation.

-Select pumps and controls according to calculations.

CE1.5 in a practical course of dimensioned network ventilation characterized by technical documentation:-perform calculations of dimensioning of networks on the basis of data obtained from the technical documentation.

-Select the fans and accessories based on calculations.

C2: Elaborate 3D models and define and position equipment and machinery for their placement, taking into account the data of the technical documentation, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 define the positioning of equipment and machinery by zones and services according to the technical specifications of vessel.

CE2.2 in a practical course of development of a 3D model of a computer or machine characterized by technical documentation:-perform correctly the 3D models, contemplating the exact placement of inputs and outputs of the various services.

CE2.3 in a so-called location of equipment and machinery coaster characterized by technical documentation:-make plans for disposal of such equipment and machinery on the basis of the data obtained from the technical documentation, taking into account hallways of step, piping, disassembly, vents and rationalisation of the space required for the intended function of the local.

C3: Develop the constructive plans for the elaborate and armament Assembly, taking into account the specifications, technical documentation, and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 draw construction, General and levels of detail for the elaborate and Assembly of parts.

The CE3.2 is designing a Purlin and the reinforced structure for a machine.

CE3.3 correctly designed brackets for different sections of pipe.

CE3.4 perform the routing of pipe according to final schemes, using pipes and ducts routing software.

CE3.5 in a practical course of development of a piping routing characterized by technical documentation:-do the isometric Assembly, and manufactured using a design program.

C4: Establish the materials and assembly sequence of the weapons according to the construction plans and specifications of the project, to make lists of materials and Assembly sequences, taking into account the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 make listings of materials with the identification and quality of these.

CE4.2 describe sequences of Assembly of pipes, fittings and equipment.

CE4.3 develop a list of label plates.

CE4.4 in a practical course of development characterized by the isometric mounting pipe Assembly sequence:-develop documentation for routing taking into account ease of mounting and dismounting and visual impact.

CE4.5 in a practical course of manufacture of a structure or through:-developing documentation for cutting and marking sheets.

-Identify the components of the manufacturing cost of a structure or duct.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 on CE3.5; C4 on CE4.4 and CE4.5.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. Services and spaces of ship main characteristics.

Town services. Services of machines. Ventilation services.

Engine compartment. Flour factory. Local wastewater treatment plants. Local pumps. Fishing park.

Bow area.

2 armament of vessels, valves and fittings: composition, performance and applications.

Measurement and control equipment: composition, operation, calibration, and applications.

Pumps drive and elements of regulation and control.

Fans and accessories.

Engines.

Armament in shipbuilding: constructive technology, standards and tables, stands, porches, pipes, transport equipment, location of machines and service facilities.

3 representation systems applied to the armament and naval repair principles of perspective Knight.

Knight perspective.

Principles of the axonometric projection.

Isometric perspective.

4 grafostatica applied to the design of armament in ships composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation of strength of materials.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

5 analytical study of structural elements of armament on ships Sometidos efforts: traction; compression; cutting; bending; torque.

Calculation of armament on ships: materials and their resistance, losses of load, flow, speed and pressure stability of ships.

6. union processes applied to the armament of ships typology and characteristics of welded joints.

Practical calculation of Soldered joints.

Welding angle: features. Butt welding: features.

Application of rules and welding tables.

Deformations and stresses in the welded joint. Treatments.

Welding of pipes for high pressure fluids.

Bonds: description, features and applications.

Screw connections: description, features and applications.

Practical calculation of bonds: rules and tables.

Tolerances and adjustments applied to the armament of ships: tolerances and adjustments, dimensional control, leftovers and chamfers criteria criteria.

7. projects of armament on ships general specifications of vessels.

Rules of classification societies.

Manuals and books of machines and equipment.

International rules of specification of risk prevention and pollution at sea.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of the elements of armament construction and ship repair, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 4: documentation technique for construction and repair NAVAL level: 3 code: MF0815_3 associated with UC: develop technical documentation of naval construction and repair duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: draw in crafting items, prior, blocks, or others, for the definition of constructive elements, collecting the technical information necessary for its manufacture complying with the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 choose the graphical representation system and the scale for each element, guaranteeing its interpretation and the level of detail required.

CE1.2 represent in accordance with regulations, the elevations, plants, sections and details, which form part of the graphic information that contain levels.

CE1.3 define the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the rules of reference.

CE1.4 at levels specify technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or superficial treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, or others).

CE1.5 in a practical course of preparation of drawings of definition of products of tubing (piping Assembly), characterized by the sketch and the General instructions:-represent the Assembly using the elevations, plants, sections and details, using specific computer applications.

-Annotate the set standards of graphical representation.


-Specify the materials, standard elements, and surface qualities on the basis of the information received.

C2: Draw the planes of different manoeuvres on naval construction and repair for your transport or handling, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 represent in accordance with the regulations, transfer and turning maneuvers.

CE2.2 represent in accordance with the regulations, criteria and launching operations.

CE2.3 represent in accordance with the regulations, anchoring, mooring and towing manoeuvres.

CE2.4 represent according to the regulation, stranding maneuvers.

CE2.5 at levels specify the technical data (location of elements of boot and shot, useful employees (shackles, slings, or other), the angle of shot, the situation, capacities and distribution of vessel loads, materials, available on the train of stranding, provision on the train of skids and eels.

CE2.6 identify the dangerousness of different types of maneuvers, delimiting the zones for their protection.

C3: Represent schemas of pneumatic and hydraulic circuits for the definition of the installation, complying with the applicable standards of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

CE3.1 identify the elements involved in pneumatic and hydraulic circuits into the schemes.

CE3.2 sort information that appears on the same level, ensuring their interpretation.

CE3.3 represent in accordance with the regulations, the pneumatic and hydraulic diagrams that are part of the technical documentation relating to the manufacture of the product, using specific computer applications in its case.

C4: Represent the positioning of weapons from a ship, for placement, taking into account the data of the technical documentation and complying with quality standards, whereas the legislation of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 represent 3D models of the equipment and machinery with its points of connection, using specific computer applications.

CE4.2 represent routing and schemes which allow the provisions of pipe.

CE4.3 represent the isometric that define the manufactured and the piping Assembly.

CE4.4 at levels define the technical data (materials, pipes, valves, fittings and elements of measuring and checking, name, or other).

C5: Develop the technical dossier of the designed product, organizing it and updating it to looking at the requirements of the project, or reference standards, respecting the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 draw up instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

CE5.2 develop the dossier of the project by integrating (memories, plans, schemes, assembly drawings, characteristics of the materials, instructions for maintenance, with rules and regulations, or others).

CE5.3 describe the procedures of updating of the graphical information of the project, as well as document management.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C5 regarding CE5.1.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and to effectively leverage the training using the knowledge acquired.

Contents: 1. systems of representation on ship-building principles of perspective Knight.

Knight perspective.

Principles of axonometric projection.

Schematic.

Graphic representation in shipbuilding standards: views, cuts and sections, dimensioning according to the manufacturing process, surface State tolerances dimensional and shape, croquización, sets, standardization, representation of standard elements.

Representation of elements and joint in building naval: interpretation of architecture naval, interpretation of flat, features graphics that define a construction naval, isometric, croquización, tolerances and adjustments, criteria of control dimensional.

2 geometric developments and intersections in shipbuilding geometric bodies.

Transformations.

Intersections.

3. in shipbuilding program CAD - CAM, 2D-3D computer aided design.

Draft entities. Object editing.

Isometric drawing. Three-dimensional modeling.

Models of surfaces. Solid models.

4 document management in naval construction and repair Office Automation applied to the document management: editors, word processors, databases, spreadsheets and presentations.

Organisation of a project.

Procedures for updating documents.

5. electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic installations in ships equipment and elements of the circuits.

Symbolism and representation.

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of technical documentation of naval construction and repair, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex X professional qualification: Manufacture and Assembly of installations of pipeline INDUSTRIAL family professional: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME351_2 competition general operations of preparation, Assembly and installation of pipes, accessories and built-in elements, as well as operations of union, following the procedures established, interpreting drawings and technical documentation, serving and respecting quality standards at all times environment and occupational risk prevention.

Competition UC1142_2 units: drawing and machining pipe UC1143_2: shaping and assembling piping UC1144_2: mount installations of pipeline environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the manufacture and Assembly of installations of industrial pipe, in entities of private nature, small, medium or large size companies, both on their own as alien , regardless of their legal form. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Productive sectors is mainly located in naval construction and repair sectors, in energy and petrochemical and related industries.

Occupations and jobs relevant terms from the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Industrial tubers naval tubers Boilermakers-tubers formation associated (510 hours) training modules MF1142_2: mapped and machining of piping (150 hours) MF1143_2: formed and reinforced piping (150 hours) MF1144_2: fitting pipes (210 hours) unit of competition 1: drawing and MACHINING pipe level: 2 code: UC1142_2 realizations professionals and implementation criteria: RP 1: the information necessary for the design and machining of pipes interpreting drawings, sheets of instructions, technical documentation and work orders.

CR 1.1 the information necessary for the management of machines and tools is obtained from the interpretation of (graphic, technical, or other) production engineering documentation.

CR 1.2 the technical information for the process of tracing and machining is obtained interpreting the piping plans, represented in orthogonal systems (American and European), isometric or schematic.

1.3 CR machines and tools for the tracing and machining of pipes are selected according to the specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.4 work programme is made by setting the durations and methods to be used in the manufacture of pipes.

1.5 CR operations and parameters of self-control for the tracing and pipe are obtained interpreting technical documentation.


CR 1.6 the information obtained is documented, classified and organized taking into account the established sequence of work.

2 RP: Organize job collecting materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and work protection, for piping in workshop, in accordance with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 collection and disposal of items and materials for the mechanization of pipeline, is carried out according to the criteria specified in the plans, isometric or list of materials.

CR 2.2 personal protective equipment are selected and available for use, depending on the protection required during machining operations.

CR 2.3 machines and tools are selected according to the machining to be carried out in the pipes and taking into account the specifications of the technical documentation.

CR 2.4 machines and tools are prepared according to instructions of the manufacturer and maintenance requirements.

CR 2.5 them systems of lifting and transport is selected depending on the dimensions, weights and features of the material to move.

CR 2.6 maintenance of the equipment or machinery for the layout and machining is carried out, ensuring the operation of such equipment and the quality of the product.

3 RP: Trace and cut pipes with the tools required to get the sections specified in the technical papers, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 for cutting and their back curved path is done taking into account the space required to locate the jaws at the beginning of the curved and gives the required sobrelargo.

CR 3.2 mapping is performed considering the maximum utilization of materials, optimizing the production.

CR 3.3 parts are identified by the marking and labelling, facilitating their subsequent Assembly.

CR 3.4 markup created with the granetes is located on the drawn lines or points of reference.

CR 3.5 planned cutting techniques are applied according to the instructions of work received and controlling the parameters of advance, depth, speed, pressure, consumption, gas type, distance of the nozzle, among others.

CR 3.6 the cutting technique is carried out taking into account the characteristics of the chosen cutting method: mechanical cutting, thermal cutting, among others.

4 RP: Machined according to requirements of their subsequent Assembly lines, union or Assembly of parts that make up the elements of pipeline, meeting the standard of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 the edges of the sections of pipe are prepared according to requirements for their subsequent Assembly or welding.

CR 4.2 machining operations are carried out taking into account the item or team to join.

CR 4.3 the chamfering of edges is made taking into account the dimensions required to subsequently perform the welding.

CR 4.4 threading is done respecting the parameters of length, angle, diameter, step and depth.

CR 4.5 the extruded and the flaring is carried out respecting the parameters required for welding.

CR 4.6 the beaded is carried out respecting the parameters determined by the procedure.

CR 4.7 machining processes are performed in accordance with standards of use of the equipment and applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention.

Professional context: means of production: layout tools. Instruments of measurement and verification. Threading. Drills. Sierra. Jig. Rebarbadora. Refrentadora and bending machine. Oilseed extruder. Zipping. Lifting and transport means. Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines for mechanical cutting, oxycutting and plasma. Individual and collective protective equipment.

Products and results: pipe sections ready for its forming and Assembly.

Used or generated information: General, isometric drawings, sketches, templates, diagrams and work instructions. Bill of materials: Standardization of piping, accessories and materials. Standards of quality. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Standards of self-control.

Unit 2 competition: Shaping and assembling piping level: 2 code: UC1143_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: obtain information necessary for forming and assembling, interpreting drawings, sheets of instructions, technical documentation and work orders.

CR 1.1 the information necessary for the management of machines and tools is obtained from the interpretation of (graphic, technical, or other) production engineering documentation.

CR 1.2 the technical information for the process of forming and armed gets interpreting piping drawings represented in orthogonal systems (American and European), isometric or schematic.

1.3 CR operations and parameters of autocontrol for forming and Assembly of pipes are obtained interpreting technical documentation.

CR 1.4 the information obtained is documented, classified and organized taking into account the established sequence of work.

2 RP: Preparing job collecting materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and work protection, for shaping and assembling piping in workshop, in accordance with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 collection and disposition of elements and materials for forming and Assembly of piping, is carried out on the basis of the criteria determined in flat, isometric or list of materials.

CR 2.2 personal protective equipment are selected and available for use, depending on the protection required during operations of forming and hose assembly.

CR 2.3 machines and tools are selected based on forming armed operations that have to be carried out and according to the specifications of the technical documentation.

CR 2.4 machines and tools are prepared according to instructions of the manufacturer and maintenance requirements.

2.5 CR with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment during operations of shaped and reinforced pipe is applied according to the instructions of the established health and safety plan.

CR 2.6 maintenance of the equipment or machinery forming and Assembly of piping is carried out, ensuring the operation of such equipment and the quality of the product.

3 RP: Content pipelines for its rear Assembly, using established tools and equipment meeting the standards of quality, and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR matrix, radio, progress, Chuck, straight, bending length, reviros or spin and angle of curvature of the pipe are verified, checking that they comply with the specifications of construction.

CR 3.2 machines are prepared with the tools required to carry out the curved without distortion (wrinkles, ovalamientos, cracks, or other).

CR 3.3 bending hot nozzle is selected according to the material, and the filling of the pipe if necessary, allowing to obtain the radius of curvature without deformations.

CR 3.4 programming sequences of cold bending is done taking into account diameters, radii, thicknesses, material quality, in addition to the features of the machine used, and considering the need to make or not a previous annealing.

3.5 CR process of forming is carried out according to the instructions of use of machines and equipment and in accordance with standards of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

4 RP: Assemble sections of pipe, flanges and grafts with the help of the tools required and using tap (including the plucking by TIG) according to the specifications prescribed for the Assembly of pipes, fulfilling quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 solder by capillary action is obtained by getting the clearance required between tubes and accessories.

CR 4.2 flanges are positioned in the tube, aligning the different elements with the accuracy required for mounting.

CR 4.3 Assembly is carried out in accordance with the projections indicated in the isometric or construction plans.

CR 4.4 Assembly sequences are performed according to the established procedure (attach, align and fix).

CR 4.5 welding spots are performed at the given location and with the procedure laid down, including the plucking with TIG.

CR 4.6 work performed is checked, ensuring that it meets the conditions and required specifications for system installation.

CR 4.7 parts are identified by the marking and labelling.

RP 5: Carry out treatment operations allowing to let pipes in optimal conditions of service, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 piping is to obtain the degree of finish required in specifications, work orders, classification societies and demands for services that the tube will be intended.


CR 5.2 final treatment is carried out in the sequence specified in the work orders and with the techniques listed for each of the processes.

CR 5.3 cleaning and pickling operations are performed with the parameters characteristic of each of the treatments.

CR 5.4 tubing is protected as specified after finalization of the tube and prior to be mounted, to prevent the deterioration of the treatment.

Professional context: means of production: instruments of measurement and verification. Bending machines. Dies and tools from forming.

Lifting and transport means. Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines for cutting and welding. Tooling and tools for Assembly. Individual and collective protective equipment.

Products and results: finished, treated and prepared for mounting pipes.

Used or generated information: General, isometric drawings, sketches, templates, diagrams and work instructions. Bill of materials: Standardization of piping, accessories and materials. Standards of quality. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Standards of self-control.

Unit 3 competition: Pipe level mount installations: 2 code: UC1144_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: prepare job, collecting materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and job protections, to make possible the installation of pipes in modules, blocks and subbloques, in accordance with the standards of quality, and the applicable regulations of prevention of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 collection and provision of all the necessary elements for the installation of pipes, is carried out according to the criteria of material needs and services, determined in the plans, isometric or lists of materials.

1.2 CR machines and tools are selected according to the specifications of the technical documentation.

1.3 CR machines and tools are prepared according to instructions of the manufacturer and maintenance requirements.

CR 1.4 collection and provision of all the necessary individual protection equipment, is made according to the requirements of piping Assembly operations.

1.5 CR accessories, valves and small teams will collect according to installation needs to perform.

CR 1.6 piping is assembled from the plans, regulations and specifications prescribed information.

CR 1.7 control equipment performance, carried out according to instructions that allow to detect anomalies that are overcome with the maintenance of the use.

CR 1.8 occupational risk prevention systems, are applied according to the instructions of the security plan established for forming and Assembly.

2 RP: Develop templates and isometric drawings that define the sections of pipes for their subsequent Assembly and Assembly, according to the drawings and technical documents of the project.

CR 2.1 schematic pipeline is made according to the criteria established in drawings and technical documents of the project and the criteria that the inspection of classification societies established.

CR 2.2 installation is checked by allowing easy removal of other pipelines, taking into account interference with other services and the visual impact.

CR 2.3 templates and isometric to shut off or small diameter pipes are made taking into account interference with other services, removal of other pipelines, or equipment and the visual impact.

CR 2.4 templates are made with the thickness and buttresses needed to avoid deformations in its management.

3 RP: Mounting brackets that facilitate the Assembly of the set of pipes and fittings in work, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 stands are properly placed to avoid stresses and vibrations of piping and equipment.

3.2 CR in brackets for tube placement is determined the need or not to use reinforced structure to prevent deformation or breaking.

CR 3.3 fixed points that deforms both the structure and the pipe are mounted in such a way that they can perfectly work lire or expansion joints.

3.4 CR materials which by the characteristics of their composition cannot be in contact with each other or that by their dilatation movement may damage the surface, detect and protect with softer materials or according to specified requirements.

4 RP: Position, attach and secure (including the plucking by TIG) sets of pipes and accessories needed, for the installation of the pipes, using the equipment needed and in accordance with technical specifications, meeting the standard of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 pipe is mounted following the reference points indicated in the assembly drawings, and the established procedure (positioned, coupled and fixed).

CR 4.2 the positioning of the set of pipes and fittings is carried out within the permissible tolerances for their subsequent marriage.

CR 4.3 welding spots are in the right place and with the procedure (including the tap with TIG).

CR 4.4 penetrations are made and the bulkhead are placed following the indications of the isometric or assembly drawings.

4.5 CR expansion joints are placed, free of tension, to the distance indicated by the manufacturer.

CR 4.6 the level and Plumb plumbing is done by conventional levels, optical level, hoses of water or laser meeting the technical specifications.

4.7 CR on joints for flanges, approaching and oriented drills, using long screws and bars of tip, are placed together to the union, the screws are tightened sequentially, cross and the pair of torque is specified.

CR 4.8 self-control of work performed is carried out complying with the specified requirements.

RP 5: Carry out the tightness tests and tuning end of installation to verify that it conforms to the prescribed specifications, meeting the standard of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 tests are conducted according to the prescribed specification and in accordance with the rules and regulations in force.

CR 5.2 welded joints are reviewed for possible cracks and losses.

CR 5.3 are checked items, equipment and instruments that can be damaged by the test pressure and protect themselves adequately.

5.4 CR in the development of test controlling all the parameters involved (time, temperature, pressure, or others).

CR 5.5 elements of security and control (safety and thermostatic valves, or others), are checked independently, as well as the proper functioning of the temperature and pressure indicators.

6 RP: Make simple welding with the most common techniques (electrode, semi-automatic MIG MAG, oxyfuel welding) by capillary action, resistance to studs, welding of plastic pipes and its derivatives by electrofusion, welded to bumper and union with adhesives in different grades of base material and positions more common, to join sections of pipe, fulfilling quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 6.1 edges that have to connect are prepared according to specifications or standards.

CR 6.2 the parameters of welding machines are set, in accordance with the welding must be carried out.

6.3 CR base materials to use, carbon steels, stainless steels, austenitic, coppers, brasses and plastics are those required by the welding procedures.

6.4 CR in the welding of the pipes of plastics and its derivatives are used (sleeves, tees, among others) accessories of suitable material for welding electrofusion.

6.5 CR in the welding of plastic pipes and its derivatives are identified materials which are made to use the means necessary to carry out the welding.

CR 6.6 welding is carried out in the most common positions and meet the quality standards specified in their field, in terms of surface quality, dimension, bites and cleaning.

CR 6.7 welding defects are identified and repaired to get its acceptability or are communicated to the responsible technician according to the established procedure.

CR 6.8 adjacent to the weld bead surfaces are free of defects by pitting or other causes.

Professional context: means of production: means of lifting and transport. Equipment and machines. Instruments of measurement and verification. Useful machines and fluids for testing (hydraulic pump, compressor, pressure gauges, or others). Machines and welding equipment. Individual and collective protective equipment.

Products and results: templates and isometric. Brackets for installation of pipe. Pipes assembled and tested.

Used or generated information: construction, General and detail, drawing, installation diagrams for drawings. Isometric. Bill of materials. Work instructions. Normalization of pipes, fittings and materials. Specific quality standards. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.


TRAINING module 1: layout and MACHINING of tubing level: 2 code: MF1142_2 associated with UC: drawing and machining pipe length: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: obtain the data required to perform path operations by analyzing the technical and process information.

CE1.1 relate the different representation systems used in drawings of pipes with the information you need to supply in each case.

CE1.2 interpret the views, sections and details of the plans according to orthogonal, American and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 interpret the pages of self-control and recognize the measures to control.

CE1.4 identify the time allowed for the preparation of the different sections of pipe.

CE1.5 in a practical course of obtaining data for mapping and cutting, characterized by a constructive piping drawing:-identify and characterize the various elements that form the whole.

-Obtain the geometric shapes and dimensions of indistinct constructive elements.

-Distinguish the different types of lines used in the representation of pipelines.

-Identify the different scales used and calculations of dimensions with the scale ruler and other means.

-Obtain the linear, geometric dimensions and their tolerances as well as surface qualities.

-Obtain and characterize the self-control measures.

-Document the information obtained.

C2: Prepare sections of pipe manufacturing machines, fulfilling the required technical specifications, quality standards and applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 identify and characterize the material according to its dimensions, thickness and quality according to work instructions.

CE2.2 identify and characterize the equipment, tools and supplies needed for the manufacture of the different sections of pipe.

CE2.3 relate the material (tubes, flanges, elbows, or other) and the proceedings relating to pipeline (path and cut) with equipment, tools and tooling for the manufacture of sections of pipe.

CE2.4 define specific tasks for each machine or equipment.

CE2.5 check the condition of tools and machines doing the keeping preventive.

CE2.6 in a so-called practical in a stretch of pipe manufacturing, characterized by technical documentation:-prepare the equipment, machines, accessories and auxiliary services according to the instructions and procedures, meeting the required security standards.

C3: Trace the developments of various geometric shapes and intersections in tubes to define their forms.

CE3.1 identify and characterize the parameters and characteristics that define the forms two-dimensional and developments of intersections.

CE3.2 apply correctly the graphical procedures that allow the obtaining of two-dimensional forms and developments, taking into account the variables of the construction process.

CE3.3 identify the tables of standard profiles: dimensions, weight and characteristics.

CE3.4 operate the usual layout tools in the representation of forms and obtaining of intersections.

CE3.5 relate the plastic deformations that may occur during the construction processes with the completion of the intersections.

CE3.6 in a practical course of development of geometric shapes and pipe intersections, characterized by a blueprint of pipe 'type', mapping tools and measuring instruments:-identify and characterize the required technical specifications.

-Identify and interpret the parameters and characteristics of two-dimensional shapes and intersections.

-Interpret them tables of profiles standardized to get them dimensions, characteristics and weight of the different elements.

-Relate the possible plastic deformations that may occur in the construction processes and their influence on the intersections of elements.

-Apply the graphic procedures to obtain the required development, compliance with established standards.

-Draw and mark the pipes, using tools and appropriate marking instruments, taking into account the preparation of edges, type of cut, bleeding from the cut and criteria of optimization (minimum leftovers), and serving: required technical specifications, environmental and occupational risk prevention rules.

-Check the layout and markup using the required measuring instrument.

C4: Operate the cutting equipment and machining (manual and semi-automatic), for the manufacture of pipes, fulfilling the required technical specifications, quality standards and applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the various machining and cutting equipment components, and the function of each of them and the interrelation of them altogether, expressing the same benefits.

CE4.2 relating, among themselves, the different cutting equipment, different parameters the procedure and with results that are intended to obtain.

CE4.3 relating, among themselves, the different cutting equipment, different parameters the procedure and with results that are intended to obtain.

CE4.4 describe the procedures of cutting and machining, with its typical defects.

CE4.5 operating the equipment of cutting and machining according to instructions.

CE4.6 in a practical course of preparation of tubes courts characterized, by the means:-select the cutting unit according to the characteristics of the material and requirements, identifying the instruments and equipment involved in the cutting process.

-Check tools and helpful employees to meet the optimum conditions of use.

-Put together the cutting equipment, determining the parameters of use.

-Run cutting required quality cleaning properly done cutting.

-Verify that the obtained pieces have required cutting quality and are within the specified measurements.

-Identify or, where appropriate, relate to possible defects with the causes that provoke them.

-The measures of safety and hygiene during cutting operations.

CE4.7 in a practical course of machining (threading, flaring, chamfering, or other), characterized by a plane and technical documentation, where the means are available:-choosing equipment manufacturing according to the characteristics of the material and requirements, identifying tools and supplies involved in machining processes.

-Check tools and helpful employees to meet the optimum conditions of use: enumerate technical characteristics which must comply with the above tools.

-To develop the machining equipment, determining the parameters of use.

-Run machining required quality operations properly cleaning done cutting.

-Check the obtained parts have the quality of machining required and are within the specified measurements.

-Identify or, where appropriate, relate to possible defects with causes that cause them.

-Apply security measures during machining operations.

-Apply the rules of use of equipment and media.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.6; C3 on CE3.6; C4 CE4.6 and CE4.7.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. graphic interpretation for layout and machining of pipes orthogonal planes, Americans and Europeans. Isometric.

Representation of views, cuts and sections. Development of geometric bodies.

2 qualities and behaviour of materials used in industrial pipe pipes and their accessories. Normalization. Commercial forms.

3. measurements in the layout and industrial pipe dimensional Control.

Tolerances.

Causes of deformities and correction procedures.

Tools and tooling and instruments of measurement used.

4. processes used in the outline and pipe layout standards.

Markings for the identification of elements. Construction of templates and layout tools. Thermal cutting process: oxyfuel, plasma and mechanical cutting (manual, automatic and semi-automatic).

MITRE saw and shear.

5. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in the field of tracing and pipe industrial techniques and elements of protection. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Treatment of waste.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

6. standards of quality in the layout and industrial pipe specifications.

Acceptance criteria.

Control measures.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities:


Spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory or singular space, training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design and machining of pipes, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

MODULE training 2: formed and armed of pipes level: 2 code: MF1143_2 associated to the UC: comply and assemble pipes duration: 150 hours capabilities and criteria of evaluation: C1: analyze it information technical and of process used in the manufacturing of pipes, to get them data necessary that allow make them operations of formed and armed.

CE1.1 relate the different systems of representation used in planes pipes with the information that you need to get in each case.

CE1.2 interpret the views, sections and details of the plans according to orthogonal, American and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 interpret the pages of self-control and recognize the measures to control.

CE1.4 deduce the time allowed for the preparation of the different sections of pipe.

CE1.5 in a practical course where a constructive drawing of pipe 'type' is delivered:-identify and characterize the various elements that form the whole.

-Obtain the geometric shapes and dimensions of indistinct constructive elements.

-Identify the different types of lines used in the representation of pipelines.

-Identify the different scales used and calculations of dimensions with the scale ruler and other means.

-Obtain the linear, geometric dimensions and their tolerances as well as surface qualities.

-Identify and characterize the self-control measures.

-Document the process, organizing and classifying information.

C2: Preparing machinery and equipment of formed and armed with pipes, fulfilling required technical specifications, standards and quality of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 identify and characterize materials according to their dimensions, thickness and quality according to work instructions.

CE2.2 identify and characterize the equipment, tools and supplies needed for the manufacture of the different sections of pipe.

CE2.3 relate the material (tubes, flanges, elbows, among others) and the processes of shaped and reinforced pipe equipment, tools and helpful employees in sections of pipe making.

CE2.4 define specific tasks for each machine or equipment.

CE2.5 handle and check the operation of machines by performing a keeping preventive.

CE2.6 in a practical course of formed and armed with a stretch of pipeline, where the technical documentation is delivered:-prepare the equipment, machines, accessories and auxiliary services and materials, according to the instructions and procedures, meeting the required security standards.

C3: Operate with equipment and means of forming and curved pipe manufacturing employees, fulfilling technical specifications and standards of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 relate the different teams of shaped and curved, with materials, desired shapes and finish required.

CE3.2 describe the different teams and means employed in the creation of elements, relating them to each other and with the features that are intended to get.

CE3.3 describe the deformations caused by the application of heat to various elements, related to the causes, making a practical demonstration.

CE3.4 relating, among themselves and with the results that the aim is to obtain, the different procedures of forming and bending.

CE3.5 identify the measures of safety and hygiene required by the different media and equipment used in the forming.

CE3.6 in a practical course of shaped and curved pipe, characterized by flat and technical documentation:-identify and characterize the equipment and means of forming that they are to be used, as well as the limitations presented by each of them.

-Differentiate the various elements that form the means and equipment for forming.

-Put together teams of shaped and curved, determining the parameters of use.

-Carry out operations of forming tubes.

-Check the obtained parts have the quality of finish required and are within the specified measurements.

-Related to possible defects with the causes that provoke it.

-Demonstrate the way that deformations occur in tubes, heat techniques.

-To implement health and safety during operations of shaped and curved.

-Apply the rules of use of equipment and media.

C4: Make the operations of Assembly of pipes, flanges and grafts, for piping Assembly, following technical specifications and standards of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the different techniques of Assembly of pipes, flanges, grafts, among others.

CE4.2 describe different welding equipment components and the function of each of them and the interrelation of them altogether, expressing the same benefits.

CE4.3 related tools and auxiliary means necessary for Assembly and dotted with results that are intended to obtain.

CE4.4 apply the different operative techniques of welding in pipelines, in simple positions.

CE4.5 describe the security measures required by the different media and equipment used in the Assembly and dotted.

CE4.6 in a practical course of Assembly and multiple-service 'type', where the technical documentation is delivered and available than is needed for its execution:-identify and characterize the sections together, selecting the machines, tools and auxiliary means necessary for that operation.

-Put together machines, equipment and auxiliary means, determining the usage parameters.

-Perform the operations of Assembly and dotted according to established procedures and taking into account the clearances, positions established in the isometric or established plans.

-Check the obtained parts have the quality of finish required and are within the specified measurements.

-Apply the safety and hygiene measures during Assembly of pipeline operations.

-Apply the rules of use of equipment and media.

C5: Apply the necessary operations of treatment of pipes according to the different types of service, technical specifications and standards of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 describe the characteristics of the different products of cleaning, painting and surface treatment.

CE5.2 describe the incompatibility that exists between the different products for the treatment of pipes.

CE5.3 describe the different equipment, tools and auxiliary means used in treatments.

CE5.4 describe the security measures required by the different media and equipment used in the treatments.

CE5.5 describe environmental protection measures required by the different treatments.

CE5.6 in a practical course of treatment of a series of pipes, where the technical documentation is delivered and features you need to run:-identify and characterize the treatment to be carried out on the basis of the technical documentation.

-Carry out interior pipe cleaning operations.

-Blasting techniques applied to pipes, by adjusting the parameters of the machine according to the type and quality of the material to be cleaned.

-Apply the techniques of painted hand and spraying, controlling the thickness of the paint layer.

-Take the required measures of security and prevention of occupational risks in the process of treatment of pipes.

-The measures of environmental protection required in the application of chemicals and in the treatment of waste generated.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.6; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.6; C5 regarding CE5.6.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. graphic interpretation in shaped and reinforced pipes orthogonal planes, Americans and Europeans. Isometric.

Representation of views, cuts and sections. Development of geometric bodies.

2 qualities and behaviour of materials used in pipe


Pipes and their fittings and standardization. Commercial forms.

3. measurements for forming and Assembly of piping dimensional Control.

Tolerances.

Causes of deformities and correction procedures.

Tools, tools and measurement instruments used.

4 processes used in forming and assembly line process of forming in hot and cold. Assembly process.

Electric welding, semi-automatic and tap with TIG.

5 treatments applied to the pipes cleaning, painting and surface treatments. Tools, equipment and auxiliary means.

6 quality standards and with applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment in the forming and Assembly of piping techniques and elements of protection. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Treatment of waste.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Quality standards applied to the forming and assembly line: specifications. Acceptance criteria. Control measures.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the forming and armed with pipes, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: mounting of pipe level: 2 code: MF1144_2 associated with UC: mount installations of pipe length: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyse technical information and plans of the installation of pipes, in order to obtain the information necessary for the Assembly process.

CE1.1 interpret the symbols and technical characteristics that are related to the process of installation of pipes.

CE1.2 interpret the views, sections and details of the plans according to orthogonal, American and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 inferred the most suitable sequence Assembly, taking into account the Assembly and disassembly of other pipelines.

CE1.4 describe the means and equipment that must be used deducted from the Assembly Drawing.

CE1.5 describe the safety rules involved during the Assembly process.

CE1.6 in a practical course of technical information analysis, characterized by the delivery a piping Assembly drawing:-identify and define the elements that constitute the whole, relating them with their technical specifications.

-Describe the relative position of elements.

-Identify the functionality of the set.

-Set the order of Assembly of the various elements that form the whole.

-Identify and interpret the different views, sections and details of the plans according to the different types of mounting.

-Identify and interpret the whole cutting planes for the preparation of the various elements.

-Identify and properly evaluate the quality requirements expressed in the plans.

-Document the process with the information obtained.

CE1.7 in a practical course of construction of a stretch of pipeline templates:-develop a sketch from the flue pipe Assembly.

-Make templates of rods for non standard curves.

-Trace templates for curve segments, grafts and holes in material that itself can bind to the outside of the tube.

-Select the type of profile according to the effort to support and precision required.

-Cut templates.

-Check the templates and tools for subsequent identification.

C2: Analyze the Assembly processes, describing and linking sequences of Assembly needs of materials, equipment and human resources, auxiliary means and occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 explain the different processes of pipe in shipbuilding or in industrial pipe-mountable.

CE2.2 in a practical case of a piping tube assembly characterized by drawings, technical specifications, quality finish and applicable safety:-define the phases and parameters specific to each of the operations, assessing the Assembly process.

-Billing and describe the need for human resources and materials needed.

-Specify the need for media and equipment, enabling the realization of the Assembly.

-Identify the applicable regulations in relation to controls of quality and security in the Assembly.

-Define a scheme of distribution in plant layout and control of media auxiliary, storage areas and, in general, how much needs must meet to prepare the Assembly area.

-Explain access and scaffolding that will provide needed in the Assembly that is to be performed.

-Document the process.

C3: Make preparations for mounting and Assembly of pipelines, taking into account the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 identify and characterize the materials, services, accessories, valves and small equipment required for the installation.

CE3.2 prepare tools and machines, checking its proper functioning and performing a keeping preventive.

CE3.3 identify and characterize the necessary personal protective equipment for mounting.

CE3.4 describe the different templates for the correct installation and Assembly of piping and accessories.

CE3.5 describe the reinforcements, thicknesses and materials to be used in the preparation of templates.

CE3.6 in a practical case of a piping Assembly, characterized by the delivery of the technical documentation and providing the necessary for execution:-identify and characterize the necessary material.

-Defining the necessary templates for Assembly.

-Make templates with reinforcements and marked thicknesses.

-Prepare the machines, equipment and materials.

-Apply the standard of environmental and labour risk prevention.

C4: Perform the operations of Assembly of stands, alignment, positioning and Assembly of pipelines, according to assembly drawings driving, avoiding tensions and vibrations of piping and equipment, achieving the required quality and meeting the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the means and equipment for measuring and leveling used in driving of pipe mounting.

CE4.2 describe the types of supports and fastening of pipes.

CE4.3 describe the different auxiliary means of Assembly and repair, relating them with the security measures applicable to their use.

CE4.4 describe the incompatibilities of contact between different materials.

CE4.5 describe the consequences and solutions that produce dilations of the different materials.

CE4.6 in a practical course of driving of pipe mounting characterized by drawings, technical specifications, quality finish and safety applicable, provided what is necessary for its implementation:-identify and characterize the reference elements of the position and shape of the set.

-Rethink elements and subassemblies according to the Assembly Drawing.

-Choose mounting auxiliary tools and measurement items will be used in accordance with needs.

-Plumb and level elements and structures, leaving them presented according to specifications.

-'Rigidizar' the set of appropriately, keeping tolerances.

-Check measures during installation to that indicated on the drawings.

-Choose and install the auxiliary means that are necessary to permit the completion of the Assembly. Use signals standards of control used in the management of equipment and auxiliary means.

-Operate according to instructions safely and use the machines, tools and AIDS available in the workshop and employed in the installation of pipes.

-Get the dimensions and tolerances specified.

-Apply the rules of use of equipment and media, as well as the safety during the Assembly process.

C5: Connect pipes of different materials using basic soldering, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 identify and characterize the edges together and edges preparing required.

CE5.2 define the different welding procedures, taking into account the type of material to be welded.

CE5.3 define the defects which may occur in different welding processes.

CE5.4 in a so-called practical welding of tubes of different materials, characterized by technical specifications and features you need to run:-identify and characterize the different processes to use and evaluate what is best for the occasion.

-Correctly set the parameters on the machine.

-Perform welding operations in simple positions.


-Clean areas of the pipeline that will make the welds.

-Use the elements necessary to carry out the welding.

-Check that the areas adjacent to the welding, do not have damage (pitting, projections, or others) - identify defects that have occurred.

-Apply required use and safety standards.

-Check the result.

CE5.5 in a practical course of welding process characterized by a material base plastic:-identify the different processes to use and evaluate what is best for the occasion.

-Correctly set the parameters on the machine.

-Perform welding operations in simple positions.

-Clean areas of the pipeline that will make the welds.

-Use the elements necessary to carry out the welding.

-Identify defects that have occurred.

-The measures of safety and hygiene.

-Apply the rules of use of equipment and media.

-Check the result.

C6: Testing of structural strength and watertightness in pipes, in order to check the level of reliability and quality of the product, observing the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 identify and characterize the different media for testing resistance and watertightness.

CE6.2 interpret the regulations to perform such tests.

CE6.3 in a so-called practical tightness test, characterized by technical documentation:-prepare the clamping tools for testing.

-Test according to the established procedure.

-Control the parameters of the test (time, pressure, among others).

-Check the absence of losses in the joints.

-Check that no element that could be damaged there is.

-Testing of safety valves.

-Document the process.

CE6.4 in a so-called practical test of resistance of structures, properly characterized, where the technical documentation is delivered:-prepare the clamping tools for testing.

-Test according to the established procedure.

-Control the parameters of the test (times, pressure, or others).

-Check the absence of cracks in the joints.

-Document the process.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.6 and CE1.7; C2 regarding CE2.2; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.6; C5 CE5.4 and CE5.5; C6 with respect to CE6.3 yCE6.4.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. descriptive geometry applied to the installation of pipes procedures developments of ruled surfaces.

Interpretation of isometric drawings. Representation of views, cuts and sections. Symbolism of elements, accessories and pipe. Development of geometric bodies.

Development of isometric and templates.

2. materials used in installations of industrial pipe pipes and accessories (steels, alloys, plastics, among others).

Standardization of piping, accessories and materials.

Strength of materials.

3 mounting of industrial pipes pipe supported facilities.

Checking steps in Assembly of parts (brackets, levels, or others).

Rules of stippling, including the plucking with TIG.

4 welding process in the Assembly of industrial pipe description of machines.

Manipulation and parameters to regulate the different machines.

Operating techniques.

Rules of stippling.

5. measurements in industrial piping dimensional Control Assembly.

Tolerances.

Distortion and correction procedures.

6. thermal expansion in facilities of industrial pipe causes and effects.

Correction systems.

7 testing structural and sealing installations of industrial pipe design specifications.

Types of tests.

With rules.

Hydraulic test.

Pneumatic test.

Machines and tools.

8. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection, applied to the Assembly of industrial piping techniques and elements of protection. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Treatment of waste.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to the Assembly of installations of pipeline, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex XI professional qualification: Mounting and setting up of property of and machinery INDUSTRIAL family professional team: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME352_2 competition general assemble and put up equipment and industrial machinery, based on plans of installation and technical instructions, using tooling and tools required, keeping the capital goods and industrial machinery in terms of performance and availability during the warranty period and complying with the applicable regulations of prevention occupational hazard and protection of the environment.

Competition UC1263_2 units: assemble, repair and start-up of mechanical systems UC1264_2: assemble, repair and start-up of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronic equipment and industrial machinery UC1265_2 systems: operations of machining and Assembly of equipment processes union and industrial machinery environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the area of technical service dedicated to the Assembly and maintenance of equipment and industrial machinery, in entities of mainly private nature, in companies in medium-sized or large, usually self-employed, irrespective of its legal form, develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional or hierarchically by a superior. Can be personal to its charge in occasions, by seasons or of form stable. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Sectors production is located in the productive sector of manufacture of machinery and equipment sub-sectors of manufacturing equipment, industrial machinery, electrical and electronic equipment and related goods.

Occupations and jobs of work relevant them terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs of work is used with character generic and all-inclusive of women and men.

Editors of equipment assemblers of electrical equipment assemblers of electronic equipment assemblers of pneumatic automation and hydraulic editors adjusters of industrial machinery general installers fitters industrial in general training equipment and machines associated (600 hours) MF1263_2 training modules: techniques for installation, repair, and commissioning of mechanical systems (150 hours) MF1264_2: Assembly techniques , repair and start-up of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic systems (270 hours) MF1265_2: techniques of mechanical manufacture (180 hours) unit of competition 1: assemble, repair and start-up of mechanical systems level: 2 code: UC1263_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble and put in operating conditions mechanical systems, from leaves of processes plans and technical specifications, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 required information concerning the activities to carry out installation and commissioning operation gets playing delivered technical documentation.

1.2 CR dimensions of shape and position of the mating surfaces and functional of each piece or equipment is verified by instruments of measurement and tools required, checking that they are specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.3 tools and measuring instruments are maintained, keeping them in a State of use and calibrating with the established periodicity.

CR 1.4 the Assembly process is performed:-following established procedures, using tools and supplies required, ensuring that you there is deterioration or depletion of elements and equipment during its handling qualities into its final position.


-Balancing statically and dynamically, where appropriate, the elements that constitute rotating masses (pulleys, flywheels, gearwheels, among others) according to established procedures and using media and required supplies.

-Having used lubrication, lubrication and cooling fluids in required quantity and in specified places and checking its presence in the provided circuits.

-Applying the pairs of torque specified in technical instructions in fasteners, as well as the required locks.

CR 1.5 regulation and adjustment operations are carried out according to established procedures and using tooling required for the checking and measurement of specified parameters.

CR 1.6 safety mounted electromechanical equipment, and functional tests are checking that the values of the variables of the system, noise and vibrations are within the permissible values and made the adjustments necessary to correct the dysfunctions observed, following established procedures.

CR 1.7 the transport of parts and components is made blocking them elements of the joint mounted that it require, keeping in perfect conditions of use them means of transport and handling.

CR 1.8 the process of Assembly, transportation of parts and components, as well as the implementation is underway, made fulfilling the rules of use of equipment, machines and tools, as well as with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2 RP: Diagnose State, failure or breakdown of the elements of the mechanical system of capital goods and industrial machinery, to verify the scope of dysfunctions, using established procedures.

CR 2.1 information on the functionality of the mechanical system, its composition and the role of each element is obtained from the interpretation of the historical and technical dossier of the machine, ensuring that it is sufficient for the required purpose.

CR 2.2 is interpreted the information provided by the self-diagnosis of the installation system, and proceed accordingly.

CR 2.3 scope of the dysfunctions observed in different parts of the system are assessed and determined, following a reasoned process of cause and effect.

CR 2.4 State units and mechanical elements, is valued by verifying their characteristic functions and checking each of the functional parts that integrate them.

CR 2.5 interventions are performed complying with the applicable rules of labor and environmental risk prevention, ensuring the safety of persons and equipment.

3 RP: Restore the functional conditions of mechanical systems, replacing parts and elements of such systems, establishing the process of disassembly/Assembly required, using drawings and instructions manuals and complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR sequences and stages of disassembly and Assembly run optimizing the process in terms of method and time, using the equipment, tools, tooling, auxiliary means and required spare parts.

CR 3.2 dimensional position and functional requirements of parts of mechanical systems, are verified, guaranteeing the prescribed conditions of trim at the mounting and interchangeability of parts.

CR 3.3 replacing the damaged element is carried out following the sequence of the process of disassembly and Assembly established, ensuring that you there is deterioration or depletion of the qualities of the same during its manipulation to place in its final position, and complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.4 adjustments to be performed to correct the dysfunctions observed, are made from functional tests and required security.

CR 3.5 reports the machine or equipment is completed of orderly and clear, collecting the information required to add to their historic.

4 PR: Make sketches of elements and mechanical systems for the reconstruction or repair of the same, based on the data collected from the element or impaired system and available technical documentation.

CR 4.1 the diagram of operation of the mechanical system, ID, type, features and functions of the components, is obtained by analyzing the system, catalogues and technical documentation and they are necessary for their reconstruction or repair.

CR 4.2 sketch is made by applying the rules of representation and those specific to the sector.

CR 4.3 the sketch of mechanical elements and surfaces of the functionally related pieces is made by defining shapes, dimensions and technical characteristics (type of materials, qualities of the surfaces, further treatment, heat treatment of parts, among others).

CR 4.4 geometrical and technological data needed for the reconstruction of organs of machines are obtained using the media and required tools and applying established procedures.

CR 4.5 diagram is made by presenting a clear and precise elements and mechanical systems, containing all the information required for the reconstruction or repair and complying with the technical requirements demanded.

5 RP: Assembling and 'launched' in plant systems, on the basis of the plans, technical specifications and manufactured sets, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 mounting is done according to established procedures, using tools and equipment specified in each case, ensuring the absence of damages and the functionality of the equipment.

5.2 CR anchoring and levelling machinery is carried out according to the procedures and conditions prescribed and verifying that the Foundation meets the technical conditions required.

CR 5.3 manipulation of components and equipment is carried out by applying the rules of safety for people and machines, using means of transport and specific procedures of each case.

CR 5.4 connections to networks of energy fluids and services are performed with the class and type of tubing, accessories, devices and materials required by the technical specifications.

5.5 CR the layout and Assembly of fluid energy networks complies with performance requirements and provides accessibility to the equipment, do not produce tensions in the machinery and they are carried out according to procedures laid down and in accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulations in the field of low voltage, pressure devices or other.

CR 5.6 electrical power and interconnection between elements is performed:-fulfilling the applicable regulations.

-Using the electric ducting, layout and fastening type specified in the installation documentation, avoiding mechanical stresses and fulfilling the technical specifications.

-With drivers section, insulation, rigidity and protection specified, without that vary from its characteristics during its Assembly.

-Using the terminals and connectors required, connections to the pressure required and identifying drivers in accordance with the scheme.

-Supervising the protections of the power, fulfilling the requirements of the applicable regulations in the field of low voltage at all times.

CR 5.7 starting up is loading the control program and operating machine, following established procedures, safeguards and quality systems activated.

Professional context: means of production: measuring surface, dimensional, geometric and physical properties. Portable tools: drills, threaders, riveters, grinders, among others. Hand tools for mounting and positioning.

Products and results: industrial machinery and capital equipment mounted and put in place.

Used or generated information: electric, pneumatic, hydraulic schematics and assembly drawings. Instructions for Assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Applicable regulation of low tension, pressure, of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection devices.

Unit 2 competition: Assemble, repair and start-up systems pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic goods of equipment and machinery INDUSTRIAL level: 2 code: UC1264_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: assemble electrical and electronic equipment in equipment and industrial machinery, based on plans of mounting, schematics, specifications and technical instructions, complying the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 the necessary information relating to the activities of electric and electronic Assembly is obtained by interpreting the delivered technical documentation or instructions received.

CR 1.2 components or equipment to be used are selected and classified according to the Assembly sequence to perform, established on the basis of the assembly drawings, checking its characteristics correspond to the technical specifications of the project.

CR 1.3 are assembled:-placing each component or equipment in the specified place, without forcing joints or anchors, using the procedure and the required tools, ensuring its integrity and comply with the safety requirements.


-Using the elements specified for joints of pipes (couplings, sleeves, among others) according to the type of environment and established security.

-Using the elements of connection and tools required depending on the type and section of the wires (wires and cables).

-Marking components and wiring with signs specified in the schema (numbering, tags, standard colors, or others).

CR 1.4 slogan of the elements of protection, regulation and control values are introduced or regulate according to the nominal values or project established, using the instrument or tool needed (programming, computer, useful specific console, or others) and following the instructions given by the manufacturer.

CR 1.5 implementation of Assembly is fulfilling the requirements of the applicable regulations both in the applicable field of low voltage as occupational risk prevention, protection of the environment or other.

2 RP: Replace defective electrical or electronic components, to restore the functional conditions of the capital goods and industrial machinery, according to established procedures and complying with the applicable regulations in the field of low voltage, occupational health and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 inputs and outputs of the system are checked to verify that they respond as ordered by the Automat (PLC) program or the specifications of the associated technical documentation.

CR 2.2 units and elements of the system (speed variators, progressive starters, control and signalling devices electrical, electronic and pneumatic data acquisition, relays, among others) diagnosed, checking the functional parts that integrate them (mechanical, electromagnetic or electronic) and by verifying that by stimulating the inputs, outputs respond to the characteristic element function.

CR 2.3 measuring equipment are used according to the established procedure and meet the required accuracy in the measurement to be performed.

CR 2.4 the function of the system and of each one of its elements, as well as its composition, is check, checking that is which is reflects in the documentation technical of them circuits or of them elements affected.

CR 2.5 electrical controls are checked with the equipment and specific procedure for each parameter, allowing to identify the fault and the cause that produces it, as well as to determine the items that must be replaced or repaired.

CR 2.6 dismantling and assembling sequences are set optimizing the process in terms of method and time, selecting teams, tools, auxiliary means and required spare parts.

CR 2.7 electronic and electrical repair operations are performed complying with the applicable rules in terms of low stress, occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.8 service reports are completed to incorporate them into the history of the machinery or equipment, according to established procedures.

3 RP: Mount circuit pneumatic and hydraulic installations in capital goods and industrial machinery by placing components, equipments, accessories and pipes, starting from the plans, schemes, standards and technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 required information concerning the activities to perform installations of pneumatic and hydraulic circuits is obtained from the interpretation of the technical documentation delivered or received instructions.

CR 3.2 components, equipment, fittings and pipes are selected and classified according to the sequence of Assembly established according to the plans of the installation, verifying that its characteristics correspond to the technical specifications of the project.

CR 3.3 mounting is carried out:-by putting each component or equipment in the place provided, positioned and aligned within the tolerances prescribed in each case, without forcing joints or anchors, using the procedure and the specified tool.

-Identifying pneumohydraulic components with the signs reflected in the diagrams of the circuit.

-According to the requirements of the applicable regulations in the field of pressure equipment.

CR 3.4 machining, forming and laying pipe free from leaks and moisture, is done according to established standards and specifications.

CR 3.5 values of set of elements of protection, regulation and control of pneumo-hydraulic systems, are introduced or regulate according to the nominal values or project established, using tooling and tools required and following established procedures and instructions.

CR 3.6 safety and functional tests are conducted according to established procedures, checking that the values of the variables of the system and operating cycles are required, and correcting the observed deviations.

CR 3.7 Assembly of pneumatic and hydraulic circuits are performed complying the applicable regulation of guns, of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

4 RP: Replace defective hydraulic and pneumatic components, to restore the functional conditions of the capital goods and industrial machinery, following established procedures and complying with the applicable legislation on devices pressure, occupational health and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 information about functionality and State systems, its composition and function of each element, is obtained from the technical dossier team, their specific self-diagnostic systems and, where appropriate, of inputs from the operator.

4.2 CR observed dysfunctions (sequential errors, stiffness, loss of power, among others) in different parts of the system are measured to identify the origin of the same using an averia-causa diagnostic procedure, or following a reasoned process of cause and effect.

4.3 CR quality and State of energy (compressed air or hydraulic fluid) system fluids, are checked and valued by analysing residues deposited on the circuits and proceeding accordingly.

CR 4.4 status of the units and elements, is determined checking the characteristic of the function and checking each of the functional parts comprising them.

CR 4.5 diagnosis operations are carried out without causing damage or other faults and adjusting to the allotted time.

CR 4.6 sequences of disassembly and Assembly of pneumatic or hydraulic elements are set optimizing the process in terms of method and time, by selecting the teams and tools, auxiliary means and required spare parts.

CR 4.7 the preventive measures provided for in the plan of prevention of occupational hazards and technical instructions of use apply, ensuring the safety of persons and equipment.

5 RP: Make sketches of the circuits and elements of pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems for their reconstruction or repair, based on data collected from real equipment and industrial machinery, as well as its technical documentation.

CR 5.1 system diagram, ID, type, features and functions of components, are obtained by analyzing the own team, catalogues and technical documentation, ensuring that the information provided is necessary for their reconstruction or repair.

CR 5.2 diagram is made by applying the rules of representation and those specific to the sector, ensuring the identification of different circuits and elements.

CR 5.3 protection, actuators, Automation control equipment are represented in the drawing and are placed in the circuits according to standards or established technical recommendations.

CR 5.4 diagram is made by presenting a clear and precise elements and circuits, containing all the information required for the reconstruction or repair and complying with the technical requirements demanded.

Professional context: means of production: measurement and diagnosis electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic tools: measurement, clamp meters, pressure gauges, vacuum, tweezers, among others. Programming equipment. Recorders. Electric, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic mounting tools. Useful for stapling tubes. Keys of torque.

Products and results: functional diagnosis of electric, pneumatic and hydraulic elements. Equipment and systems for control, regulation and automation of capital goods and industrial machinery repaired, assembled and placed on the verge.

Used or generated information: plans and Assembly diagrams. Maintenance manuals. Standards of quality. Legislation in the field of low voltage, pressure devices, for the protection of the environment, prevention of occupational risks, among others.

Unit 3 competition: Perform operations of MACHINING and UNION in processes of Assembly of goods of equipment and machinery INDUSTRIAL level: 2 code: UC1265_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: perform chip tools, machining machines to assemble equipment and industrial machinery, rebuilding or repairing elements where appropriate and fulfilling the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.


CR 1.1 the cutting machines are selected according to the characteristics of the surfaces of the mechanical parts that have to be rebuilt.

CR 1.2 cutting tools are selected according to the machining operations to be performed and the materials of the element to assemble, repair or rebuild.

1.3 CR parameters and cutting conditions used in machining operations, regulated to achieve the requirements of finishing, position, shape and tolerances required in the installation, repair or reconstruction.

CR 1.4 mechanized forms occur dimensional, geometric and superficially, to ensure its adaptation to the characteristics specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.5 parts machined by chip are obtained by operating in conditions of safety for machine tools.

2 RP: Do ' Bank ' to mount equipment and industrial machinery, rebuilding or repairing elements where appropriate and fulfilling the applicable legislation on occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 tools used in the Bank 'work' are selected according to the forms and qualities that should be obtained, as well as materials of the element to assemble, repair or rebuild.

CR 2.2 the parameters and conditions of court employees during the operations of rasquetado, drilling, reaming, countersinking and thread, among others, are regulated to achieve established finish, position, shape and tolerance requirements.

CR 2.3 mechanical adjustment of the various elements is operating the equipment, tools and supplies needed to machine manually and performing the required operations of measurement, in order to achieve specified properties.

CR 2.4 machined parts are obtained operating manual safe machines and tools.

3 RP: Operations of electric welding to assemble equipment and industrial machinery, complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 elements that unite have been prepared, edges preparing, cleaning up the area, securing them and giving them adequate rigidity, ensuring the quality of the union.

The consumable 3.2 CR and the values of the variables of operation are selected depending on the material, the type of welding and stress to which shall be subject to the union, among other aspects.

CR 3.3 the procedure of welding is performed following in all time them requirements specified and complying the regulations applicable of prevention of risks labor and protection of the environment.

CR 3.4 welded areas are reviewed for possible flaws, correcting them where appropriate, checking that the cords are reviewed and finish, guaranteeing the quality of the union.

CR 3.5 material and the equipment used are collected and cleaned, clearing the area of work and compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

4 RP: Operations of layout, curved and folded to mount equipment and industrial machinery, rebuilding or repairing elements where appropriate and fulfilling the applicable regulations in the field of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 parts are plotted and marked, adjusting to the forms and dimensions to be achieved, using tooling and established techniques, ensuring the required precision.

4.2 CR reconstruction or adjustment of mechanical parts having to settle (sheets, profiles, tubes), is carried out by applying the specified procedure.

CR 4.3 the draught of pieces in the set is made with tooling and tools required, using established techniques, without stress, deformation or deterioration of their qualities, made adjustments and suitability of the whole.

CR 4.4 layout, curved and folding operations are performed complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Professional context: means of production: steel. Physical properties and dimensional measurement instruments. Machine tools and tools: drill, milling machine, lathe and grinding machine. Soldering equipment. Bending machines. Grinding machines, among others.

Products and results: mounted equipment & machinery. Parts and structures of capital goods and industrial machinery repaired by machining by chip or forming. Welded seams and contribution of material by electric welding.

Used or generated information: assembly drawings. Maintenance manuals. Equipment manuals. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

TRAINING module 1: technical and installation, repair and setting up of systems mechanics level: 2 code: MF1263_2 associated with UC: assemble, repair and start-up of mechanical systems duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyzing mechanical and electromechanical groups constituting mechanical systems, identifying and characterizing the different mechanisms that constitute them and function that perform as well as their technical specifications.

CE1.1 classify and characterize the different mechanisms type by the function performed: connecting rod - crank, trains of gears, cams, worm, pulleys, among others, and explain the operation of each one of them.

CE1.2 in a practical course of analysis of mechanical group, characterized by a 'representative' mechanical system and its technical documentation:-identify and characterize the mechanical and electromechanical functional groups that constitute the system and its key elements.

-Describe and characterize the function of each of the identified groups.

-Describe the characteristics of elements and parts of the groups, their functional relationships and classify them by type.

-Identify the parties or critical points of the elements and parts where sometimes wear, reasoning the causes that can cause them.

-Check that specified in the technical documentation corresponds to the physical reality of the analyzed system.

C2: Determine the status of the elements and machine parts by applying techniques of measurement and verification.

CE2.1 describe the process of moving parts wear by friction, erosion, tread, including this relating to the possible causes that originate it.

CE2.2 identify normal and abnormal wear of parts used by the analysis and comparison of the parameters of the surfaces eroded with the original piece.

CE2.3 one or several so-called practical verification of the State of elements or parts, characterized by photo, reales parts damaged by various causes (damage caused by erosions in valve seats, sliding hydraulics, bearings and bearing damaged, among others) and technical documentation:-identify and characterize the eroded areas.

-Analyze and characterize the breaks.

-Determine possible causes (lack of grease, high temperature, dirty oil, or others).

-Compare current measurements with the originals that are reflected in their respective level, by quantifying the extent of wear and erosion, making measurements with appropriate tools.

C3: Execute assembling and disassembling of elements of mechanical and electromechanical systems as well as functional testing of them.

CE3.1 describe and characterize the fundamental contents of the documentation that defines the elements of mechanical and electromechanical Assembly processes.

CE3.2 describe the techniques of disassembly/reassembly of the constituent mechanical and electromechanical assemblies of mechanical systems.

CE3.3 identify and characterize the tools and ancillary equipment used in the Assembly of mechanical and electromechanical elements, sorting them by type and function, explaining the use and conservation of the same way.

CE3.4 in a practical course of disassembly and Assembly of an electromechanical system, characterized by the technical documentation of the system, tools and supplies required for its removal and installation:-interpret plans, procedures and specifications, establishing the sequence of assembly/disassembly, pointing out useful and necessary tools.

-Prepare and organize media, supplies and tools required.

-Check the characteristics of the parts, by applying the required procedures.

-Mount / Dismount the elements and constituent parts according to procedures.

-Carry out controls of the process of assembly/disassembly according to established procedures.

-Adjust links, alignments, movements, among others, according to specifications, using the equipment for measuring and tooling according to requirements.

-Comply with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

-Prepare the whole assembled for operation, cleaning the impurities, grease, balancing, among others, according to the specifications.

-Perform functional testing, regulating devices for the conditions.

-Develop the parts of the process with the required precision.

C4: Elaborate sketches of elements and sets of mechanical systems and industrial equipment, applying the rules of industrial drawing.


CE4.1 relating different representations (views, cortes, among others) with the information which must be transmitted.

CE4.2 describe the features and functions of the components of machinery and industrial equipment.

CE4.3 in a practical course of preparation of a sketch with the aim of bringing a system, characterized by a machine or industrial, real or simulated equipment which has caused a dysfunction:-take the required actions and personal safety equipment.

-Draw up sketches of mechanical components and related parts surfaces functionally defined forms, dimensions and characteristics (material, qualities of the surface States, treatments of surface finishing, heat treatment of parts, among others).

-Drawings of the equipment and elements, express the conditions that must be met for your 'interchangeability'.

-Make drawings complying with the applicable legislation and the sector.

C5: Run, accurately and safely, setting and regulation in mechanical sets, operations using procedure and specific tools for each system, fulfilling the requirements of development of equipment.

CE5.1 describing systems of settings which are used in construction machines.

CE5.2 Select the proper settings for the coupling between two mechanical elements, taking into account the relative movements between the two parts, the efforts, the length of contact, among others.

CE5.3 apply technical metrological and verification tools, describing their characteristics.

CE5.4 in a so-called practical adjustment and regulation characterized by one mechanical Group (speed reducer, variable speed drive, or other), the corresponding technical specifications, tools and supplies required:-identify and characterize each of the elements that shape them.

-Dismantle and clean each of the elements using appropriate tools and techniques.

-Check the specifications dimensional and of State of the surfaces functional of them elements, using the equipment required.

-Check the flat and cylindrical surfaces, eccentricities, toothed wheels, among other things, using the required equipment.

-Assemble and prepare under operating conditions each element, replacing, if necessary, the damaged parts and verifying the conditions of mesh and functional in every operation.

-Adjust and put together the mechanical group, compliance with given specifications and check its operation.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.4; C4 on CE4.3; C5 regarding CE5.4.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. industrial graphic representation Croquización. Courts and sections.

Dimensioning.

Cutting and assembly drawings.

Drawing standards.

2. verification of physical magnitudes Vernier caliper. Micrometer. Goniometer. Dial indicator. Coordinate measuring machines.

Verification of surfaces: flat, cylindrical, conical, or threaded.

Verification of related surfaces.

Measurement of physical quantities: speed, torque, power, tensions, intensities, vibrations, pressures, flows, dynamic forces, temperature of the bearings, among others.

3. mounting of mechanisms and structures of capital goods and industrial machinery Assembly of gearboxes. Linear motion to circular and vice versa transformers, clutches.

Brakes. Gear trains. Pulleys. Speed gearboxes. Differential. Transmission of angular movement. Drive shaft couplings.

Bearings. Bearings. Cams. Springs. Connecting elements.

Sliding surfaces: guides, columns, caps, trucks, among others.

Seals.

Disassembly and assembly techniques.

Linking devices.

Mounting tools.

Mounting surfaces protecting.

Handling of loads with cranes and forklifts.

Tooling and Assembly platforms.

Foundations and anchors of machines: types anchor's machines, Foundation, leveling machines, among others.

4. used in capital goods and industrial machinery material materials metal: technical specifications, treatments and applications.

Polymeric materials: specifications, treatments and applications.

Composite materials: specifications, treatments and applications.

5. maintenance and commissioning of equipment and industrial machinery control program load.

Modes of operation of industrial machines.

Handling of industrial machines.

Obtaining first piece and adjustment systems and parameters.

Evolution of the concept of maintenance.

Current concept of maintenance.

Strategies of maintenance (corrective, preventive and predictive maintenance).

Plan or programme of maintenance.

Fichas-Gama.

6. applicable regulations of the occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in the technical operations of installation and repair of systems and mechanical equipment and protection elements.

Risk assessment.

Environmental management.

Treatment of waste.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the installation, commissioning and repair of mechanical systems, which will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: techniques in Assembly, repair and setting up systems electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic level: 2 code: MF1264_2 associated with UC: assemble, repair and start-up systems pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronic equipment and industrial machinery duration: 270 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze operation and Constitution of the electrical installations applied to capital goods and industrial machinery , from the technical documentation of the same.

CE1.1 identify and characterize different parts (power to computers, automatisms, among others) that make up this type of facility, explaining its structure and features.

CE1.2 describe the physical principle of operation of the various types of protection of lines and electric receivers.

CE1.3 relate the electric characteristics of protection devices with the characteristics of the lines and electrical receptors to be protected.

CE1.4 describing systems of starting, braking and speed of electric motors.

CE1.5 list and describe fundamental requirements imposed by the applicable regulations in the field of low voltage to these facilities.

CE1.6 in a practical course of operation of a machine or industrial equipment, electrical system, characterized by its technical documentation:-identify and characterize the electrical installation, parties that constitute it and the elements of each one of them.

-Check the variation that experience the most characteristic parameters of electric machines when you are subjected to different loading situations and justify the results.

-Indicate the quantities that must be modified for the regulation of the speed of electric motors, related equipment or item that must be used in each case.

-A report of the activities carried out and results obtained, structuring them in the required sections for appropriate documentation of the same (analysis of the process followed, schemes and plans, functional explanation, calculations, among others).

C2: Analyse, using their technical documentation, operation and Constitution of pneumatic circuits, electro-pneumatic, hydraulic, electro-hydraulic, electrical wiring and automatisms control program used in equipment and industrial machinery.

CE2.1 identify and characterize different automation devices.

CE2.2 identify and classify the different elements used in the realization of automation by its function and types.

CE2.3 list and describe the different areas of application of automation devices, explaining the evolution of these.


CE2.4 in a practical course of analysis, characterized by an automatic or a wiring control team and the technical documentation of the same.

-Describe the sequence of operation or command of the control equipment.

-Interpret diagrams, to discriminate the computer/control circuit of the circuit of force and identifying the various elements that compose them.

-Identify the variation in the parameters of the circuit assuming or making changes in elements of it, explaining the relationship between the detected effects and the causes that produce them.

-Report a ' memory ' of the activities carried out and results obtained, structuring it in the necessary sections, for adequate documentation thereof (analysis of the process followed, media used, schemes and used drawings, calculations, measures, among others).

CE2.5 in a so-called practical of analysis, characterized by a team of control programmed and the documentation technical of the same:-describe the sequence of command of the team's control.

-Interpret the diagrams discriminate the computer/control circuit of the circuit of force, identifying the various elements that compose them.

-Interpret the control program relating the different subprogrammes - subroutines with functional phases of the automation system.

-Explain the sequence of command of the control equipment.

-Interpret the diagrams discriminate the computer/control circuit of the circuit of force, identifying the various elements that compose them.

-Interpret the control program relating the different subprogrammes - subroutines with functional phases of the automation system.

-Report a ' memory ' of the activities carried out and results obtained, structuring it in the necessary sections, for adequate documentation thereof (analysis of the process followed, media used, schemes and used drawings, calculations, measures, among others).

C3: Measure fundamental physical quantities of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic circuits and the materials used in them, using specific instruments for each case, acting under the rules of personal safety.

CE3.1 describe the most relevant characteristics (types of errors, sensitivity, precision, among others), typology, classes, and procedures for use of the measuring instruments.

CE3.2 in a practical course of analysis, characterized by a machine or industrial, real or simulated team with his electrical system and its technical documentation:-select the instrument of measurement (wattmeter, tellurometer, or other) and most suitable auxiliaries according to the size that you want to measure (voltage, intensity, power, resistance of Earth, among others), the range of measures that must be carried out and required precision.

-Connect with the required security and following procedures established by the various measuring devices.

-Measure the quantities required, operating measurement instruments and by applying standard operating procedures, with the required security.

-Interpret the results of the measures carried out, relating the effects that occur with the causes that originate them.

-Report a ' memory ' of activities, the procedures used and the results obtained (analysis of the process followed, media used, schemes and used drawings, calculations, measures, among others).

CE3.3 in a practical course of analysis, where analog electronic modules for a machine or industrial, real or simulated equipment and its technical documentation is available:-select the instrument of measurement (polymer, oscilloscope, or others) and auxiliary elements required according to the magnitude that is to be measured (voltage, intensity, resistance, frequency, among others), the range of measures that must be carried out and required precision.

-Connect with the required security and following standard operating procedures, the different measuring devices.

-Measure the basic quantities of analog electronics (voltage, current, resistance, frequency, among others), properly operating instruments and applying standardized with the required safety procedures.

-Interpret the results of the measures carried out, relating the effects that occur with the causes that originate them.

-Report a ' memory ' of activities, the procedures used and the results obtained (analysis of the process followed, media used, schemes and plans, functional explanation, measures, calculations, among others).

C4: Diagnose faults or anomalies located in mechanisms, circuits of hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical and electronic installations of equipment, industrial machinery and materials used in them.

CE4.1 identify and characterize the nature of failures more common in machines or systems that comprise and relate them to the causes giving rise to them.

CE4.2 describe the General techniques and specific means used for troubleshooting.

CE4.3 in a so-called practical diagnosis of faults, characterized by a machine in service with their technical documentation, which previously were snapped causing a breakdown or dysfunction in different systems:-interpret the technical documentation for each system by identifying the various functional blocks and the elements that compose them.

-Identify the symptoms of the fault to characterize it by the effects it produces.

-Make the hypothesis of possible causes that can cause breakdown, linking it with symptoms presenting system.

-To develop an intervention plan to determine the cause or causes that produce fault.

-To determine the equipment and necessary tools.

-Adopt the safety measures required to intervene according to the established plan.

-Locate elements responsible for the fault, applying the procedures required and in the appropriate time.

-A report of diagnosis of breakdowns, describing the activities developed based on the results obtained.

C5: Assemble / disassemble circuits hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical and electronic equipment of equipment and industrial machinery, from its technical documentation, applying the electrotechnical regulation and comply with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 identify, characterize and classify the specific materials used in these facilities, describing the most important electrical and mechanical characteristics of them.

CE5.2 describe the different phases to be followed in the process of preparation and Assembly of these facilities.

CE5.3 identify the tools and ancillary equipment used in the Assembly of electrical and electromechanical elements, classifying them by their type and function and explaining the use and conservation of the same way.

CE5.4 in a practical course of assembly/disassembly of a hydraulic circuit and another tire characterized by appropriate technical documentation, tools, supplies and the equipment:-interpret plans, procedures and specifications, establishing the Assembly sequence.

-Prepare and organize media, supplies and tools required.

-Establish security plan required in the various stages of Assembly.

-Check the characteristics of the elements, by applying the required procedures.

-Fit the elements and constituent parts according to procedures.

-Carry out the lines with specified materials, assemble and connect according to established procedures.

-Carry out controls the process of mounting according to established procedures.

-Fit couplings, alignments, movements, etc. According to specifications, using measuring and tooling equipment properly.

-Prepare the whole assembled for operation, cleaning impurities, grease, among others, according to the specifications.

-Perform functional tests regulating devices for the conditions.

CE5.5 in a so-called practical assembly/disassembly, wiring and design of electrical panels for a machine or industrial, real or simulated, characterized by the appropriate technical documentation, tools, supplies and own equipment:-carry out the plan of installation, properly sequenced phases of it, determining the means and materials necessary for execution and interpreting schemes and corresponding to the so-called installation drawings.

-Carry out the collection of materials in accordance with the installation plan and verifying its correspondence with those described in the list of materials.

-Distribute the clamping elements, profiles and pipes in the inside of the envelope making necessary drawings of the arrangement of the elements.

-Place and attach different elements according to the scheduled, making the mechanical fastening them, using the appropriate tools and by applying the appropriate procedures.

-Prepare wires (wires and strips), selecting them in the appropriate section, following the standard color code, preparing the terminals and encoding them according to plans of connection.

-Perform the physical interconnection of the elements, ensuring a good mechanical grip and a correct electrical connection.


-Execute functional tests in vacuum and electrical properties (isolation, among others) according to the computer's documentation, performing the measures and modifications needed for proper functionality of the same.

-Act respecting the rules of personal safety, media and materials used, achieving, in the time allotted, an adequate level of quality at all times.

CE5.6 in a practical course of assembly/disassembly of the equipment, pipes and wiring of the electrical system for a machine or computer industry, real or simulated, characterized by the technical documentation, tools, tooling, and the own equipment:-make the Assembly plan, properly sequenced phases of it, determining the means and materials necessary for their implementation, interpreting diagrams and plans of the installation.

-Prepare the pipes, tubes, conductors and materials that must be used, required procedures.

-Connect the various components following appropriate procedures, correctly applying the standard color code and ensuring their proper mechanical fixing and good electrical contact.

-Perform tests and measures necessary to ensure the correct functionality of the installation (cut and protection devices) and the appropriate value from the land and insulation resistance test.

-Perform all the operations applying them standards of security personal and of them materials accurate and reaching the quality end planned.

C6: Carrying out maintenance on equipment and industrial machinery, acting under applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 describe the basic procedures used in the operations of replacement of mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, electronic components and equipment protection, regulation and control.

CE6.2 identify and characterize the basic tools used in maintenance, describing their use and the main characteristics of the same.

CE6.3 in a practical course of maintenance, characterized by a machine or equipment that contain mechanical, pneumatic hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems, the corresponding technical documentation, providing the means for the maintenance and indicating equipment or items that must be replaced:-identify and characterize these in technical documentation obtain its characteristics.

-Establish the removal/installation plan and procedures to be applied.

-Select tools, measuring equipment, and necessary resources.

-Establish and implement the security plan required at various stages of disassembly/Assembly.

-Carry out schemes to Freehand affected circuits.

-Make the sketch of the equipment and elements expressing the conditions to be fulfilled for their interchangeability.

-Disassemble, check the status, if any, replace and assemble the equipment and items.

-Connect the equipment to the corresponding circuits.

-Check the correct functioning of the equipment and installation, regulating systems, if necessary, to restore functional conditions.

C7: Programmes for programmable controllers dedicated to simple Automation control, using the coding language and the programming equipment required.

CE7.1 describe the characteristics and content of the programmes used in programmable controllers intended for control of simple mechanical manufacturing processes.

CE7.2 characterize the equipment used for the programming of PLCs in mechanical manufacturing processes.

CE7.3 in a practical course of carrying out a simple automatic control of programming, characterized by functional specifications, and specific equipment of automatic control (programmable):-develop with precision and clarity the sequence of automatic control diagram, determining with precision the number of inputs, outputs and program elements that are to be used.

-Code in the appropriate language control program that meets the prescribed specifications.

-Debugging the program, making precise functional testing, optimizing the resources used and the reliability of the same.

-Documented adequately developed program, making timely sequence diagrams (flowcharts, GRAFCET, among others) and listings of programs in the language used (contacts, list of instructions, among others) with the corresponding comments.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 on CE4.3; C5 CE5.4, CE5.5 and CE5.6; C6 regarding CE6.3; C7 with respect to CE7.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. industrial automation continuous and sequential processes. Features.

Elements used in the realization of electric automations. The relay. Contactors.

Sensors and actuators. Used protections. Symbology.

Tools, equipment and materials used in the installation and maintenance of electric automations: typology, function and features. Characteristics of wired automatism. Control and power.

Signaling and protection elements. Types and features.

Mounting and wiring automatic verification techniques.

Types of electrical panels depending on your application.

Characteristics of sequential automatic systems: Wired and programmed. Technology and media used.

2 basis of the logic of combinational logic. Basic systems.

Combinational logic functions.

Sequential logic: sequential systems Foundation.

Sequential basic functions.

Elements and devices of electrical technology. Characteristics, application and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

Function that plays each section in the structure of the system.

Different performances of the system and features.

Emergency situations that can arise in the automatic process.

Parameters and basic magnitudes in sequential automated systems.

Specifications.

3 measurement of electronic instrumentation electrical variables: types, characteristics and applications.

Symbolism of the measuring devices. With rules. Technical characteristics and application procedures.

Connection and reading system.

Extension of the scope of the measure.

Procedures of measurement with oscilloscope and multimeter.

4 automation electrical equipment and industrial machinery structure and characteristics.

Lines and power receivers protection devices. Performance and physical principles.

Basic systems of starting and speed regulation of electric motors. Magnitudes vary.

Fundamentals of electrical machines.

Legislation in the field of low voltage.

5. pneumatic automation of equipment and industrial machinery principles. Basic laws and properties of gases.

Pneumatic actuators: features. Field of application and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

Pneumatic control elements: features, scope of application and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

Electro-pneumatic control elements: features, scope of application and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

Differential characteristics between a pneumatic control system and electro-pneumatic control system.

Function that plays each section in the structure of the system.

Different performances of the system and features.

Emergency situations that can arise in the automatic process.

Parameters and fundamental quantities to automated systems.

6. hydraulic automation of equipment and industrial machinery principles. Basic laws and properties of fluids.

Hydraulic actuators: features, scope of application and selection criteria.

Graphical representation.

Hydraulic control elements: features, scope of application and selection criteria. Graphical representation.

Control electrohydraulic elements: features, scope of application and selection criteria. Graphical representation.

Differential characteristics between a hydraulic control system and a system of electro-hydraulic control.

Function that plays each section in the structure of the system.

Different performances of the system and features.

Emergency situations that can arise in the automatic process.

Parameters and fundamental quantities to automated systems. Specifications.

7 programmable automation equipment and industrial machinery systems wired to the programmable.

Programmable controllers.

Automata programming techniques. Most used languages. Symbols and diagrams.

Connection of automata. Elements used.


Most common failures in the use or application of automata to processes. Testing systems. Tools or equipment most commonly used. Verification and commissioning of the automation system.

8 mounting of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic elements box electric, pneumatic and hydraulic elements: distribution, pipes, fasteners, among others.

Standard pipes.

Tools used in the Assembly of electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic installations.

Processes to be followed in the Assembly of electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic pictures.

Connection boxes to auxiliaries and control.

Connection of the power supply to pneumatic and hydraulic systems.

9. applicable regulations of the risk prevention and protection of the environment in the operations of installation and repair of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic techniques and elements of occupational health protection and protection of the environment.

Labor and environmental risk assessment.

Environmental management.

Treatment of waste.

Legislative and normative aspects of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain of knowledge and techniques related to Assembly, commissioning and repair of pneumatic, hydraulic, electric and electronic equipment and industrial machinery systems, which will be credited by using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: techniques of manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: MF1265_2 associated with UC: operations of machining and Assembly of equipment and industrial machinery duration processes union: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical information relating to the product being machined, accessing information from the starting phases of machining material machines and means.

CE1.1 identify and characterize the symbolism and standardized elements represented in the drawing.

CE1.2 identify and characterize the different views, sections, details, or other items contained in the plans.

CE1.3 relate shapes and qualities represented, with machining procedures.

CE1.4 in a so-called practical of analysis of information technical, characterized by a flat constructive of a product of manufacturing mechanical and them specifications technical:-identify the shape and the dimensions more significant from the point of view constructive.

-Identify and characterize quality, treatments and materials specifications.

-Describe characteristics of the base material and dimensions in the rough.

-Specify the phases and machining operations.

-Describe the machines and the means of labor necessary for each operation.

C2: Analyze the properties of the materials used in the installation and maintenance of equipment, as well as variations of the same that can be obtained through the application of treatments.

CE2.1 describe the characteristics and properties of the metallic materials used in the installation and repair, related to the function of parts or elements of the machinery or equipment.

CE2.2 describe the structural characteristics and mechanical properties of plastics, composite materials and reinforced plastics used in maintenance and Assembly, related to the function of parts or elements of the machinery or equipment.

CE2.3 relate the most usual thermal and thermochemical treatments in industries (temple, tempering, annealing, carburizing, nitriding, among others), with properties that confer on metallic materials.

C3: Analyze machining techniques, in order to select the conventional machines, equipment and tools required to perform them.

CE3.1 describe the features and operation of machines conventional tools (lathe, milling machine, drilling machine, among others).

CE3.2 describe the processes of turning, milling, drilling and calculate cutting speed according to the material to be machined.

CE3.3 relate different types of tools with materials that must be machined, explaining the parts that compose them and angles that characterize them (cutting angle, Sling back, among others).

CE3.4 relating the shape of the surface and finishes that should be obtained, with the conventional machines which tend to be used.

C4: Operate tools and equipment to carry out mechanized manually, performing the measurement required to achieve the specified characteristics, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the functioning of the dimensional measuring instruments (gauge, micrometer, dial indicator, goniometer, among others) and associated measurement procedures.

CE4.2 describe measures required in the use of different equipment and hand tools for machining safety and hygiene.

CE4.3 in one or more practical cases of making measurements (linear, angular,) parts of the thread, among others characterized by flat and measuring instruments:-choose the instrument required, depending on the type of measure that should be and stated accuracy.

-Calibrate the instrument of measurement according to patterns.

-Make taking action following the procedure established and with the required precision.

-Apply the rules of use and safety during the measurement process.

CE4.4 in one or more assumptions practical manual machining, necessary for mechanical adjustment, involving operations of sawing, filing, threaded (interior and exterior), among others, characterized by levels of parts and tools machining:-select the necessary tools and establish the sequence of operations to be performed.

-Carry out the necessary calculations in different operations (threaded, among others).

-Carry out operations of tracing and marking, according to the dimensions given in the plane.

-Manage the tools following the established procedures.

-Perform threaded Interior and exterior, by selecting the materials and tools and applying the procedure established.

-Select the measuring devices that must be used.

-Take measures handling supplies in accordance with the instructions for use, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement and the preservation of the useful.

-Check that the finish is consistent with measurements, tolerances and surface characteristics given in the plane.

C5: Operate conventional machine tools (drill, lathe, milling machine and grinding machine) for machining by chip, getting the geometry, dimensions and specified properties of the workpiece, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 describe the measures of safety and hygiene requirements in the use of different machining equipment.

CE5.2 in one or more practical cases of machining lathe, drill, milling and grinding processes, characterized by flat pieces to be performed and the required machinery:-identify and characterize the symbolism of machining, interpreting the drawings of parts.

-Define the process required for their manufacture (phases, operations, machines, among others).

-Select the necessary tools (cutters, drills, knives, among others).

-Prepare the team.

-Select the cutting parameters (speed, depth, forward, among others) corresponding to each tool.

-Carry out maneuvers required for implementing manufacturing (Assembly part, tool, drive control, among other organs).

-Carry out the operations of machining, according to the established procedure.

-Application use and safety standards during the manufacturing process.

-Analyze the differences that arise between the defined process and observed.

-Establish corrections appropriate tools and cutting conditions based on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.

C6: Operate tools, products, and materials needed to carry out the different types of non-welded joints (screwing, gluing, riveting, and others), getting the specified characteristics of the union, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 describe the different types of non-welded joints and their most common applications, as well as the procedures used, depending on materials which must be attached and the characteristics of the union.


CE6.2 describe the different types of bonds and their most common applications, as well as the procedures used, depending on materials which must be attached and the characteristics of the union.

CE6.3 explain required health and safety measures in the use of tools and products for the mount union.

CE6.4 in a practical course of manual crimping, characterized by the plans, parts, various rivets and tools:-select the type of rivet according to materials which are going to join.

-Perform burnish drills carried out where necessary.

-Run the riveting respecting measures and characteristics given on the plane.

-Use and safety standards applied during the process.

CE6.5 in a practical course of manual screw characterized by planes, parts, the connecting elements and tools:-place the elements which should be attached to its rear attachment.

-Use the brakes and necessary locks on the screws.

-Apply the pairs of torque required.

-Apply the rules of personal safety during the process.

CE6.6 in a practical course of union, involving operations of gluing, marked by the technical documentation, parts, and equipment and consumables required:-place the elements which should be attached to its rear attachment.

-Prepare the joint areas.

-Make mixtures of products based on materials and characteristics of the union, following the manufacturer's specifications.

-Apply the products according to the manufacturer's instructions.

-Carry out the gluing of the elements, according to the established procedure and with the required quality.

-Meet the standards of prevention of personal and environmental risks during the process.

C7: Operate manual and semi-automatic form electrical welding equipment, achieving the specified characteristics of union, with applicable law of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE7.1 relate different types of base materials with the contribution, depending on the type of welding, welding materials and features of the union.

CE7.2 identify and characterize them components of them teams of welding, as well as the operation of the same.

CE7.3 explain the measures required in the use of different welding equipment and safety.

CE7.4 interact with different electrodes and materials welding procedures.

CE7.5 in practical cases of welding process (electric manual and semi-automatic) conveniently characterized by plane parts that must unite and process sheet:-identify the symbolism of welding.

-Choose the most appropriate procedure to consumables, '' and thickness.

-Choose the type of welding (bumper, to overlap, in 'V' and 'X') that must be used, depending on the materials being joined and characteristics required to the union.

-Cleaning of the areas of union by eliminating existing waste.

-Identify the different components of the welding equipment.

-Proceed with preparation for welding (positioning, preparation of edges, among others).

-Adjust the parameters of welding equipment according to the materials base and contribution.

-Carry out the operations of welding process, according to the procedure laid down in the process sheet.

-Apply the standards of prevention of occupational and environmental risks during the welding process.

-Analyze the differences that arise between the defined process and obtained, establishing the corrections on the basis of the observed deviations.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C4 CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 regarding CE5.2; C6 CE6.4, CE6.5 and CE6.6; C7 with respect to CE7.5.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. industrial design graphic interpretation.

Views, cuts and sections.

Knight perspective.

Isometric perspective.

Welding symbols and finishes used in crafting.

Caption: principles. Systems. Application of rules of dimensioning.

2 measures, adjustments and dimensional, geometric and surface measurement tolerances.

Direct measurement: types and applications.

Analyzers for comparison: types and applications.

Types of settings.

Nomenclature.

Selection of settings.

Rules on dimension tolerances.

Tolerances of form and position.

Superficial signs and written directions.

3. metallic materials, plastic and metal material compounds, plastics and compounds: technical characteristics and identification.

Thermal and surface treatments of materials.

Corrosion: origin and prevention.

Basis and object of treatments. Types and classification.

Preparation of the pieces.

4 mechanized by startup chip structure and constituent elements of machine them tools.

Operation and performance (machine capability) of different machine tools.

Machining with machine tools.

Selection of tool and cutting tools.

Parts clamping tooling selection.

Techniques of turning.

Techniques of milling.

Flat and cylindrical grinding techniques.

Possibilities for manufacturing of various machine tools.

Calculation of parameters of machining.

Procedures for use of tools and machinery.

Manual machining: layout, sawing, filing., drilling, tapping, stripped, countersinking and reaming.

Riveting: types and applications.

Clamping tooling.

5. union for welding welding techniques.

Preparation of parts.

Consumables and equipment.

Electric welding manual and semi-automatic.

6 union by gluing gluing procedure: surface preparation. Conditions of application of products. Finish.

Types of industrial adhesives. Mechanical properties.

7. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment applied to the techniques of mechanical manufacture techniques and elements of protection. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Treatment of waste.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to operations of machining and union in Assembly processes of capital goods and industrial machinery, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex XII professional skill: Thermal treatments in manufacturing mechanical family professional: manufacturing mechanical level: 2 code: FME353_2 competition general carry out thermal treatments in metal products, determining operational processes from process type and technical information, preparing parts, operating equipment and facilities, conducting first level of them, verifying the characteristics of the products obtained applying criteria of quality and compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Competition UC0104_2 units: prepare the equipment and installations of automatic processes of thermal and surface treatments in metal products UC1266_2: carry out thermal treatments in metal products professional environment professional develops its professional activity in area of production, dedicated to heat treatments, entities of private nature, small, medium or large size companies, both on their own as alien , regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on, where appropriate, functional and/or hierarchical from a superior. You may have staff occasionally, seasonally or stable. In the development of the professional activity apply the principles of universal accessibility in accordance with the applicable legislation.

Sectors production is located in the sector of industries of processed metal, in the sub-sectors of: manufacture of metal products, construction of machinery and mechanical equipment, construction of motor vehicles and their parts, shipbuilding, construction of transport equipment and manufacturing optical equipment of precision, among others.

Occupations and relevant jobs


The terms of the following list of occupations and jobs are used with generic and all-inclusive nature of women and men.

Operators of heat treatment of metals and their alloys preparers of equipment and installations of heat treatment technical maintenance of equipment of heat treatments drivers of processes of heat treatment technical heat treatments verifiers of finished products heater systems in plant training associate (330 hours) training modules MF0104_2: auxiliary systems in thermal and surface of metals (120 hours) MF1266_2 treatments : Operations of heat treatments on metals (210 hours) unit of competition 1: prepare the equipment and facilities of processes automatic treatments thermal and surface in products metal level: 2 code: UC0104_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: Configure machines or automatic treatments facilities, preparing and assembling utensils mooring and required accessories according to the technical documentation and the characteristics of the system complying with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 information for the configuration of machines or installations is obtained from the interpretation of drawings and technical specifications for the product or process (sequence of operations, helpful employees, among others).

1.2 CR tooling and accessories (fastening elements) are selected according to the process to be performed and the specifications of use and Assembly of the same manufacturer.

CR 1.3 tooling is assembled with the required tools, ensuring their attachment, caring for the cleaning of the support and the good state of conservation and in accordance with technical specifications (sequence, pairs of tightening regulation, among others), as well as the manufacturer's.

2 RP: Programmed equipment (PLC and robots) or facilities of treatments, depending on the process of work and technical requirements.

CR 2.1 technical specifications of the program (displacement, speed, forces of mooring, among others) are obtained interpreting technical documentation (drawings, process manuals for use, among others).

CR 2.2 the program is carried out according to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others), adapting its syntax to the team to schedule.

CR 2.3 auxiliary mechanical system-machine interaction is done at the right time, with the shortest possible dead time and with the maximum degree of use.

CR 2.4 charging robot or PLC program and the operation of the system is verified through simulation or realization of a first cycle under vacuum.

3 RP: Operating elements adjustment of automatic installations of treatment, according to the established process and in compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR movements of regulated elements (cylinders, clamps, engines, among others) are carried out in the shortest possible time and in accordance with the safety regulations.

3.2 CR parameters (speed, flow rate, pressure, among others) are regulated in accordance with the technical specifications of the process and checking that they are within the limits allowed by the specifications of the system.

CR 3.3 variables (velocity, force, pressure, acceleration, among others) are checked using instruments required and previously calibrated, assuring the reliability of the measurement.

RP 4: perform the maintenance of first level of them equipment and facilities automatic, according to the manual of instructions technical, fulfilling the normative applicable of prevention of risks labor and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 susceptible of lubrication elements are lubricated with the periodicity required, avoiding unnecessary wear.

CR 4.2 damaged or worn items are replaced, safely and effectively, while restoring normal operating conditions.

CR 4.3 elements of verification, measurement and control of the equipment and facilities are used depending on requirements, ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 4.4 the safety conditions of the equipment (earthing of the equipment, mass of equipment, electrical connections, connections to networks of gases, among others) are maintained according to applicable regulations.

CR 4.5 anomalies of working and detected faults repair exceeds their level of responsibility, communicate promptly to the person in charge.

Professional context: means of production: facilities for thermal and surface treatment of metal products, plastics and compounds. Transport systems, trolleys and conveyor belts. Programming consoles. PLCs, robots and manipulators. Automation elements: solenoid valves, cylinders, relays, among others.

Products and results: prepared, planned and regulated treatment equipment. Made first-level maintenance.

Used or generated information: electric, pneumatic, hydraulic and synoptic diagrams. Maintenance manuals. Manual processes of surface treatments. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Technical specifications of the manufacturer.

Unit 2 competition: Make treatment thermal in products metal level: 2 code: UC1266_2 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: determine the process of heat treatment processes type set, flat piece and technical instructions, preparing their instruction sheets, establishing the sequence of operations and compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 the technical information necessary to perform heat treatment, is obtained from the interpretation of the technical documentation received, collecting among other data:-the manufacturing process of the piece (start of chip foundry, forging, stamping, among others).

-The shape and dimensions of the part to be cleaned and the treatment area.

-Operations of the treatment (preheating, heating and cooling).

-Equipment and installation to be used.

-Devices of the workpiece.

-The variables of the treatment (temperature, time spent, among others).

-The system of feeding of parts (belt conveyor, robots, among others).

-The rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

1.2 CR chosen oven type is required by the treatment to be performed, material of the piece and by the temperature that should be achieved.

1.3 CR duration and temperature of the heating is set based on the diameter, thickness of the workpiece and material composition.

1.4 CR in the instruction sheet details:-sequenced according to the process operations.

-The material base of the piece (steel, titanium, aluminum, among others).

-The tools auxiliary (of holding, type of basket, among others).

-The specifications of the material base of the piece (form, status, composition, among others).

-Them features mechanical that is should get (hardness, elimination of tensions internal, elimination of acrimony, increase of the machinability, among others).

-The diameter critical of them parts cylindrical in the temple and the patterns of work.

-The cycle thermal of the treatment that is should perform (temperature of heating, speed of cooling, among others).

-The batch of parts that there is that deal.

-The areas of the piece that is must be masking.

-The leaves of instructions are completed according to the requirements of the sector or company.

RP 2: Prepare the metal parts to carry out heat treatment, applying the standards and technical specifications, compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 to treat parts are checked and checked as indicated on the supplied parts list.

CR 2.2 parts are handled properly to avoid damage, according to requirements demanded.

2.3 CR surfaces of parts and materials that will be treated are prepared according to specifications and are free of grease, dirt, oxide and manufacturing spots.

CR 2.4 parts are inspected to check that the condition of the material conforms to the required specifications (absence of cracks, scratches, nicks, among others).

CR 2.5 (partial, total, inner and outer) protection of areas of parts is carried out depending on the subsequent heat treatment and the material of the workpiece, masking with bath salts, surface treatment (copper plating, tanning, among others), ideal atmosphere, among others.

3 RP: Prepare the equipment and facilities to carry out heat treatment, making the maintenance of first level of equipment and facilities in your area, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the workholding devices are prepared taking into account:-the provision of supports and tools to ensure uniformity of treatment.

-The space between the pieces to ensure the free movement of the means of heating and cooling on the entire surface.


-Release of the banding and separation of coils by spacers of sheets and bands, performed provided the generators of the coils parallel to the direction of entrance in the middle of shutdown.

-The movement of automatic thrusters in trays and baskets.

3.2 CR equipment and instruments (thermometers, pyrometers, automatic controllers, among others) used to control parameters are located so that they do not suffer vibrations, dust-free and that measure or withstand temperatures do not exceed the permissible values, making sure they are calibrated.

CR 3.3 furnaces, heating equipment, generators controlled atmosphere and cooling baths are prepared according to the technical specifications, depending on the treatment and the composition of the material.

CR 3.4 the electrodes remain subject firmly and are changed when they are damaged.

CR 3.5 first level for the operation of the treatment facility is carried out taking into account the technical documentation, records of maintenance and with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment, and includes:-disassembly, cleaning and Assembly of the most relevant parts.

-Disposal of chemical products, keeping clean the container.

-Regeneration of the baths.

-Elimination of the raw materials and contaminants.

-Periodic renewal of the contents of the tanks.

-Change of control elements if necessary (sensors, limit switches, thermocouples, solenoid valves, valves, among others).

-Detection of faults or malfunctions.

-Greasing and lubrication of specified parts.

-Replacement of damaged or worn items.

-Communication the perpetrators if it detects a fault that exceeds its powers.

4 RP: Control of heat treatment process and, if necessary, adjust the same variables, to obtain mechanical characteristics specified in technical documentation, compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 inert atmosphere is controlled in order to avoid oxidation, decarburization and reduction of mechanical properties.

CR 4.2 the heat treatment cycle is controlled by keeping the process within the established ranges variables (temperature, time, speed, among others), monitoring during the mechanical movements of the installation and the indicators (temperature, lubrication, among others).

CR 4.3 the emission of gases from the process is controlled to comply with rules of safety and protection of the environment.

CR 4.4 instruments used in the temperature control (thermometers, contact pencils, pyramids of SEGER, radiation pyrometers, thermocouples, automatic controllers, optical pyrometers, among others) are selected according to the characteristics of the treatment that should be done and before their use ensures that they are calibrated.

CR 4.5 times of permanence, of recovery from the oven, transfer, regime or balance are regulated, conforming to those specified.

CR 4.6 the average employee for the cooling is selected depending on the speed of fall of the temperature required by the treatment.

RP 5: Verify the treated product according to rules and procedures, to verify compliance with the specifications of the blueprint, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 technical specifications of the product are verified using specific instruments depending on the characteristics to check by means of measurement.

CR 5.2 verification elements are used to make sure that they are calibrated.

CR 5.3 verification is carried out in accordance with the procedures laid down in the rules.

5.4 CR free of defects (lack of penetration of the treatment, oxidation, decarburization and excessive fragility, lack or excess of hardness, deformation, cracks, breakage of the treated pieces, among others) is checked in the inspection process.

CR 5.5 the process is documented according to the requirements of the reference standard.

Professional context: means of production: induction furnaces. Facilities for heat treatment of metal products. Gas ovens and electric. Generators of controlled atmospheres. Baths for cooling. Instruments of control of temperature, hardness, and penetration.

Products and results: parts treated by procedures: tempered, tempering, annealing, normalized, carburizing, nitriding, sulfocianuracion solubilization/maturation, stabilized, hardening by precipitation, relief of stress, among others.

Used or generated information: specific rules of product or process related to thermal treatments (UNE, EN, ISO). Planes. Heat treatment procedures. Manuals for operation and maintenance of installations of heat treatments. The company health and safety plans. Regulations applicable in prevention of risks labor and of protection of the environment. Treatment of waste.

TRAINING module 1: systems auxiliary in treatments thermal and surface of metals level: 2 code: MF0104_2 associated with UC: prepare the equipment and installations of automatic heat treatments and surface processes in metal products duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: relate to auxiliary processes of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (parts feeding (, tools, emptying or filling of tanks, waste disposal, among others) with the phases, techniques and means employed in manual or automatic character.

CE1.1 describe the handling, transportation and storage, among others, techniques used in the treatment process.

CE1.2 interpret technical information associated with an auxiliary process of treatment of metal parts.

CE1.3 identify and characterize the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE1.4 describe the means used for the automation of power machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of:-structural elements.

-Kinematic chains.

-Compressors, hydraulic pumps.

-Control elements.

-Actuators (motors, cylinders, clamps, among others).

-Sensors information.

CE1.5 in a practical course of treatment to a piece of metal which provides for phases of material selection, feeding machines, treatment, storage, among others:-develop process flow diagrams.

-Establish an elementary system of safety of the process.

-Make a list of the means necessary for the automation of the process.

-A report with the assessment of the solution adopted.

C2: Adapt control programs for automated feeding of parts and operations assistant of heat treatments and surface of metal parts (handling and cooling, supply of fluids, among others).

CE2.1 relate the characteristic functions of languages of PLC's and robots with operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of treatments.

CE2.2 describe the transmission and storage systems used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE2.3 in a practical course of power systems of treatment of metal parts that are used PLCs and robots respectively:-set the sequence of movements.

-Identify the variables will be to control (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flow diagrams.

-Adapt the PLC control and program the robot.

-Adapt an alternative control program that provides solutions to a possible contingency.

C3: Operate the hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, programmable, bodies among others, involved in the handling, transport and other processes of metal surface and heat treatment operations.

CE3.1 describe the adjustable variables in the auxiliary processes of metal treatments (power, pressure, speed, among others).

CE3.2 relate the variables with elements acting on the adjustable variables in the processes of metal treatment (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

CE3.3 describe the techniques for the regulation and verification of variables (strength, speed, among others).

CE3.4 respect the technical specifications of the different bodies as appropriate to perform manipulations on and with them.

CE3.5 run the Assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical,) among others in an orderly way and using the appropriate methods of an automatic handling system.

CE3.6 in a so-called practical operation of equipment, characterized by a system of manipulation, transport and food, where there are hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators:-Regular (power, pressure, speed, among others) variables for different maneuvers of a manipulator.

-Check the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (pressure gauges, rules, Tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

-Maintenance of first level in handling, transport and power supply systems.

-Describe the behaviour of the different systems depending on the applications to which they are subject.


-Identify the risks that arise when operating with electric, hydraulic or pneumatic elements.

C4: Monitor automated systems response checking, by means of the necessary measurements, work trajectories and the synchronism of movements.

CE4.1 describe the relationship between parameters of the system and response time.

CE4.2 identify and characterize measuring devices.

CE4.3 describe the units of measure used.

CE4.4 use skilfully the instruments of measurement and verification.

CE4.5 in a so-called practical of application of a treatment automated, characterized by the team, it documentation technical and them useful of measure:-identify them variable that there are that control in the phases of manipulation of parts, between others, in which involved elements pneumatic, electric, programmable and robots.

-Measure the magnitudes of different variables at various loads of a handling system.

-Regular control elements, so that the process unfolds within the established tolerances.

-Check the trajectories of the moving parts and proceed to its amendment, if necessary.

-Optimize paths avoiding unnecessary travel.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.6; C4 on CE4.5.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively the work team.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just waiting.

Contents: 1. interpretation of technical documentation used in thermal and surface treatments, cutting and assembly drawings.

Perspectives.

Croquización and schemes.

2 handling, transportation and storage in processes of thermal and surface treatments (electro-pneumo-hydraulic) semi-automatic equipment.

Automatic equipment: manipulators, robots, among others.

3. programming of automated systems used in processes of thermal and surface treatments flowchart.

(Robots, PLCs, among others) programming language.

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

4 adjustment and commissioning of automated systems are used in processes of thermal and surface treatments (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) regulatory body.

Parameters of control (speed, route, time, among others).

Tools of verification (pressure switch, Flowmeter, among others).

Drives of correction (chokes, power limiters, limiting flow rate, among others).

Parameters of context of it training: spaces and facilities: them spaces e facilities will give response, in form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop of practices, laboratory or space singular, to them needs training, in accordance with the context professional established in the unit of competition associated, taking in has the normative applicable of the sector productive, prevention of risks, health labor, accessibility universal and protection environmental.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to auxiliary in heat treatments and surface systems of metals, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 1 (Spanish higher education qualifications framework) or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: operations of thermal treatments on metals level: 2 code: MF1266_2 associated with UC: carry out thermal treatments in metal products duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the processes of heat treatment in metallic products, linking its phases with the means employed, the transformations that originate and parameters which control.

CE1.1 identify and characterize the symbols and elements normalized, represented in the technical documentation: views, sections, details, among others.

CE1.2 identify and characterize the different types of materials describing their characteristics.

CE1.3 relate different types of heat treatments with modifications that cause in the mechanical characteristics of different metallic materials.

CE1.4 describe the purpose and application of cooling media (water, mineral oil, metals and molten salts, air chain, air pressure, sand, hot ash, among others), depending on the heat treatment.

CE1.5 describe the types of heat treatments (phases, operations, products and media, among others), relating them with their purpose and application.

CE1.6 describe the transformations that occur (depending on the temperature, percentage of carbon, time, among others), using iron diagram.

CE1.7 in so-called practical of treatments thermal, starting from the flat of a piece, them standards applicable and their specifications technical, get:-the information on the form and them measures of the area that is must treat.

-The type of material (using tables), composition and characteristics.

-The critical points specified in the plane.

-The technical specifications (surface will be treated, current density, current, thickness, among others).

-Characteristics of the treatments to be performed.

-The degree of penetration of the treatment.

-The areas that should be masked.

-The cooling medium.

-Phases and operations of each treatment.

-The description of the facilities, equipment and means of labor necessary to perform the treatment.

-The parameters that characterize the applicable treatment (heating temperature, heating time, speed of cooling, among others).

-The instruction sheet of the treatment where is collected in ranked and clear way all aspects of the treatment to perform.

C2: Apply techniques of preparation of pieces to be treated, equipment and installations of heat treatments, complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 describe the characteristics of the different types of atmosphere heat treatment (nitrogen, ammonia, air, argon, among others) and its influence on the mechanical characteristics of the treated parts.

CE2.2 describe the operations of maintenance of first level (lubrication, cleaning, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (solenoid valves, sensors, valves, among others).

CE2.3 describe anomalies or most frequent alterations that may occur during operation of the equipment and facilities of treatments.

CE2.4 in a practical course of heat treatment and from the plane of the piece, legislation, technical specifications, the piece to be treated and providing everything needed for its realization:-perform maintenance operations of first level required.

-Identify and characterize the material base of the piece.

-Select and perform the required masking (copper, painting, among others) depend on the material of the piece and the type of treatment to be performed.

-Cleaning of the workpiece (fats, oils, among others).

-Check the State of the equipment and facilities to carry out thermal treatments.

-Select and adjust the parameters of regulation and control according to the treatment.

-Check the status of the furnaces, by adjusting the parameters according to the treatment.

-Check the atmosphere of the furnace, according to specifications.

-Identify and implement the measures to be taken to safety and the prevention of risks.

-The installation and the piece to be treated is prepared for the treatment.

C3: Operate the equipment and installations of heat treatment (hardening, tempering, annealed, normalized, relief of tensions, solubilization/maturation, hardening by precipitation, among others) obtaining specified mechanical properties and in compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 describe the purpose and scope of the different heat treatments.

CE3.2 relate the different heat treatments with the parameters that should be monitored and the workpiece material.

CE3.3 describe the most common typical defects that occur on parts subjected to heat treatments.

CE3.4 in a so-called practical heat treatment, from the drawing of the piece, applicable regulations, technical specifications, prepared installation and the piece that should be treated, perform heat treatment annealing:-obtain temperature preheating and annealing, adjusting the controls so that the workpiece reaches these temperatures.

-Control temperature preheating and annealing, using the instrument (pyrometer, bars, among others) suitable, as well as dwell time.

-Apply the dwell time required depending on the type of material and thickness of the workpiece.

-Apply the required cooling procedure.


-Carry out the control (carburation, structure, hardness, among others) in the annealed part.

-Run the operations necessary to carry out the annealing.

-Operate meeting standards of safety and environmental protection.

CE3.5 in a so-called practical heat treatment, from the drawing of the piece, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part that should be treating, tempering thermal treatment:-obtain temperature preheating and tempering, adjusting the controls so that the workpiece reaches these temperatures.

-Control temperature preheating and tempering, using the appropriate range and precision required instrument.

-Apply the stays required times depending on the type of material and thickness of the workpiece.

-Apply the procedure of cooling required by the process.

-Run operations to carry out the tempered.

-Carry out the control (depth layer, deformation, cracks, breaks, among others) in the warm part.

-Operate in accordance with standards of safety and environmental protection.

CE3.6 in a practical course of heat treatment, from the drawing of the piece, the applicable legislation, technical specifications and the piece that should be treating, tempering thermal treatment:-the temperature of annealing, depending on the material of the workpiece.

-Check the temperature of the tempering, using the instrument (pyrometer, thermometer, bars, among others) suitable to the range and precision required.

-Apply the dwell time required depending on the type of material and thickness of the workpiece.

-Apply the procedure of cooling required by the process.

-Run the operations necessary to carry out the tempering.

-Carry out the annealed part control (hardness, microstructure, cracks, breaks, among others).

-Operate within safety standards.

C4: Operate equipment and facilities of thermo-chemical treatments (nitriding, carburizing, carbonitriding, sulfacianuracion, cyanidation, among others) getting the specified characteristics and comply with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the purpose and scope of the different treatments termo-quimicos.

CE4.2 relate different treatments termo-quimicos with the parameters to be controlled and the material of the workpiece.

CE4.3 explain the most common typical defects that occur on parts subjected to treatments termo-quimicos.

CE4.4 in a so-called practical of treatment thermochemical, starting from the flat of it piece, normative applicable, them specifications technical and it piece that is must treat, perform unless one treatment of cemented:-identify the temperature of the cemented depending on the material of the piece and of the depth of the layer of treatment.

-Determine the parameters (% carbon, temperature, among others), for the creation of the medium.

-To determine the time of permanence of the parts in the oven, to acquire the desired layer depth.

-Identify the medium removal technique.

-Determine the cooling medium.

-Run the operations necessary to carry out bonding.

-Carry out the control (deep layer deformation microstructures, hardness, cracks, breaks, among others) in the piece cemented.

-Operate within safety standards.

C5: Apply techniques of heat-treated according to rules and procedures, product verification and complying with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 describe the instruments and techniques of verification and control used in the verification and control of thermal treatments.

CE5.2 relate the trials with the characteristics that can be measured or verified.

CE5.3 verify the calibration of the instruments of control (thermometers, pyrometers, among others).

CE5.4 apply the technical metrological and skillfully operate instruments for the determination of the dimensions and geometric characteristics of the product.

CE5.5 identify the constituent parts of a metal alloy and the influence of the metallurgical quality (shape, size and distribution of the constituents, presence of defects, among others) using metallographic procedures.

CE5.6 describe the non-destructive testing (penetrant, Eddy current, magnetic particle, conductivity, ultrasonic, radiographic, among others), relating them with defects that can be detected.

CE5.7 operating means and equipment of destructive testing (machinability, tensile, compression, bending, fatigue, torque, resilience, hardness, metallography, among others) to check the structural characteristics and mechanical behavior of the product, interpreting the results.

CE5.8 operating means and equipment for non-destructive testing (liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, Eddy current, conductivity, ultrasonic, radiographic, among others).

CE5.9 in a practical course where have several pieces that have been subjected to different heat treatments, given the specs of each one of them and providing the necessary verification and control media:-select control techniques adapted to the parameters that check.

-Select the instruments, machines and equipment for trial in accordance with the characteristics to measure or verify.

-Check or verify the characteristics of the treated product, depending on the instruments, machinery or equipment verification and control selected, according to established procedures and in compliance with the applicable rules of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

C6: Analyzing occupational hazards and environmental impact in heat treatment processes and relate them to the security measures to be taken.

CE6.1 identify and characterize the risks (Burns by projection of burning substances, burns from contact with hot parts, ingestion of poisonous substances, among others) and measures (clamping parts, parts drying prior to its introduction in the ovens of salt baths, knowledge of incompatible salts, among others) to adopt for its prevention in thermal treatments.

CE6.2 identify and characterize the risks (Burns by projection of burning substances, burns from contact with hot parts, explosions in ovens, ingestion of poisonous substances, among others) and measures (slow introduction of parts in the bathroom, purge, workholding, drying of the parts prior to its introduction in the ovens of bathrooms, the inconsistent sales expertise (, among others) to be taken for its prevention in thermochemical treatments.

CE6.3 analyze the applicable environmental standard in heat treatment processes to determine the aspects that affect the processes of treatments.

CE6.4 in a practical course of preparation of a thermal or thermochemical treatment from the drawing of the piece, the applicable legislation, technical specifications and the part to be cleaned:-identify the applicable risk prevention rules.

-Identify risks in the process and describe the actions to perform in an alleged accident.

-Propose corrective and preventive measures to avoid accidents.

-Identify the rules of protection of the environment.

-Identify, in the process, possible aggression against the environment and the ways to avoid them.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 regarding CE2.4; C3 on CE3.4, CE3.5 and CE3.6; C4 on CE4.4; C5 CE5.7, CE5.8 and CE5.9; C6 with respect to CE6.4.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively with the team.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Adapt to the Organization, its organisational and technological changes as well as new contexts or situations.

Contents: 1. interpretation of heat treatment standardization technical documentation.

Graphic documents, plans, views and sections. Technical manuals.

2 modification of the characteristics of the metals by heat treatment diagram iron.

Temperature and critical points.

Constituent structural and metastable of steels.

3 parts masking procedures to be thermally treated fundamentals and object.

Different types of protection.

4. preparation of installations and equipment for heat treatment furnaces.

Pyrometry.

Controlled atmosphere generators.

Shutdown equipment.

Useful.

Set-up and preparation of facilities operations.

Maintenance of user facilities and equipment of heat treatment.

5. thermal and thermochemical treatments of metals fundamentals and object.

Heat treatments: temple, tempered, annealed, normalized, relieving tensions, solubilization/maturation, hardening by precipitation, stabilized, among others.

TTT diagrams of different thermal treatments.

Thermochemical treatments: nitriding, carburizing, sulfinizacion, carbonitriding, sulfocianuracion cyanidation, among others.

Preparation of parts.

Management of facilities and equipment.

Variables that should be monitored in the process.


Detection and evaluation of defects.

6. dimensional verification concept of measurement.

Metrology, physical patterns and instruments of direct and indirect measurement instrumentation.

Dimensional measurement techniques, geometric shapes and surface quality.

Management of instrumentation of measurement in the verification of pieces.

7. destructive and non-destructive tests for verification of thermally treated parts mechanical properties tests.

Technological trials.

Magnetic particles.

Penetrating liquids.

Ultrasound.

X ray.

8. applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks in the processes of heat treatment techniques and elements of protection.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Environmental regulations.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Profile professional of the trainer or forming: 1. domain of them knowledge and of them technical related with the realization of treatments thermal in products metal, that is credited by an of them two forms following:-training academic of level 1 (frame Spanish of qualifications for it education top) or of others of upper level related with the field professional.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex XIII professional skill: INDUSTRIAL pipe design professional family: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME355_3 general competition design and draw up the technical documentation of industrial, based on blueprints and instructions for basic engineering facilities, complying with the required rules, with criteria of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

Competition UC1149_3 units: design schemes of industrial pipe UC1150_3: design facilities of industrial pipe UC1148_3: develop technical documentation of the products of metal constructions environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of industrial pipe, in entities of private nature, in small, medium or large size companies on behalf of others, irrespective of their legal form. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. Can be personal to its charge in occasions, by seasons or of form stable. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Sectors production develops its activity in the petrochemical, industrial, railway and shipbuilding and repair sector.

Occupations and jobs of work relevant them terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs of work is used with character generic and all-inclusive of women and men.

Draughtsmen designers of pipeline technicians in development of CAD technicians pipes in tubing training associate (480 hours) training modules MF1149_3: design schemes of industrial pipe (150 hours) MF1150_3: design of industrial facilities (150 hours) MF1148_3: technical documentation for products of metal constructions (180 hours) unit of competition 1: designing schemes of pipe INDUSTRIAL level : 3 code: UC1149_3 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: elaborate schemes of industrial pipe to define the installation, by applying established procedures, from the technical documentation provided, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 schemas are prepared according to the requirements of the preliminary basic engineering, including machinery, equipment and elements that are incorporated in the manufacture.

CR 1.2 schemas are represented using symbols established in the regulations applicable to each field graphic representation.

CR 1.3 safety standards established for the represented system are incorporated into the schemes carried out.

CR 1.4 list of components and their technical specifications are indicated in the diagrams.

CR 1.5 circuit technology (pneumatic or hydraulic) is selected on the basis of proper functionality of the scheme and the benefits requested in the specifications.

CR 1.6 schemes are represented by taking into account the connection of computers, the direction of flow, speed, flow, pressure, the diameter of the pipe and the rules applicable to the project.

2 RP: Determine the materials, equipment and items to configure the installation of industrial pipe, whereas with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

2.1 CR pumps and machinery are determined to fulfilling the specifications of the project in terms of objectives, cost, and quality.

2.2 CR valves, pipe, actuators, accessories and equipment, are defined taking into account the technical specifications, approvals, certifications and recognition of materials, ensuring the performance and compliance of the installation.

CR 2.3 standard elements (flanges, couplings, caps, pasa-tabiques, among others) are selected according to the loads to which they are subject, and considering its ease of maintenance and Exchange.

CR 2.4 materials and their surface treatments for the manufacture of the product are determined considering resistance, finish, cost, and quality set.

3 RP: Sizing up the industrial pipe installation, to meet the requirements of the project, doing the required technical calculations and considering legislation of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 the speed of the fluid, flow pumps, routing and pipe diameter are determined based on the result of the calculation of loss of load and the specified flow rate.

CR 3.2 the safety factors used in the calculations to size elements apply, complying with the technical specifications of the project and with the manufacturers of the equipment.

CR 3.3 lire, joints and dilatation sleeves, or others, are adapted to the type of routing of tubing, fluid and temperature characteristics and will provide for the possible expansions and its consequences.

CR 3.4 actuators and control equipment are sized according to the results of the calculations of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established margins of safety.

4 RP: Automate industrial pipe fittings, to optimize its performance, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 conditions or operating cycle are set according to the technical specifications and the work process, and comply with the objectives of quality, functionality and productivity.

CR 4.2 the technology of the actuator and team of Regulation (pneumatic, hydraulic or electric) is determined based on the fitness functional of the service, benefits, reliability and cost.

CR 4.3 power and control schemes are designed to respond to the established operating cycle, taking into account the characteristics of the actuators and other components of the installation.

CR 4.4 features, functionality and location of actuators are determined according to the needs and requirements of the installation.

Professional context: means of production: computer aided design computer applications: industrial pipe specific CAD. Applications of spreadsheet, spreadsheets, among others.

Products and results: diagrams of products and facilities of piping industrial. Lists of materials and elements normalized. Schemes of power and control of installations of pipe industry.

Information used or generated: instructions of engineering preliminary Basic. Flat of draft. Specifications techniques. Manual of design. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. Standardization and quality standards. Environmental and occupational risk prevention legislation. Type-approval requirements.

Unit 2 competition: Design pipe INDUSTRIAL level facilities: 3 code: UC1150_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: design general provisions, sets and details of industrial pipe, for its definition, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

1.1 CR shape and dimensions of the designed items (pipes, connecting elements, accessories, among others) are adapted to the results of the calculations specified, complying with technical specifications, required quality and safety requirements.


1.2 CR pipeline routing, ease of Assembly and disassembly, loss of load, expansion and interference with the rest of the services, as well as access to the machinery and fittings are included in final schemes.

CR 1.3 modifications made for the supervision of production are incorporated into the design allowing for its adaptation to the needs of manufacturing and product improvement.

CR 1.4 identification and function of valves and equipment are included in the placas-rotulo.

1.5 CR addressing and assembly sequence is carried out taking into account interference and allows its execution in a preferential and sequential order.

1.6 CR welds strong and soft, capillary resistance for asparagus, welding for plastics and derivatives, union for adhesives and welding with the most common techniques (electrode, semi-automatic, MIG-MAG, oxyfuel, and plucking by TIG) are represented in the planes carrying the symbolism and applicable regulations.

2 RP: Design piping isometric manufacturing and Assembly, to define the installation, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 the isometric manufacturing and Assembly are made depending on the pipeline routing and features, dimensions, pressure and materials of pipes and fittings, their types and models are established.

CR 2.2 characteristics of manufacturing radios, degrees of curvature, lengths, tubing, welding, among others, are incorporated into the isometric using symbols and applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 expansion of the pipeline between supports of fixed points are offset by determining the means adapted to each circuit and type of pipe (lire, sliding, together dilatation joints, elastic cuffs, among others) complying with the specifications of the project and service.

CR 2.4 poles of the equipment and machinery are designed taking into account the manufacturer's instructions and used, in each case, the ideal system to avoid vibrations and breaks, (tacos elastics, resins, bolts of adjustment, among others) getting a perfect anchor for its operation.

RP 3: define them specifications of cutting, forming and machining in manufacturing of pipe industrial, for determine them elements of pipe, complying with the normative applicable of prevention of risks labor and protection of the environment.

3.1 CR cutting lists and forming of pipe are made, fulfilling the requirements of the isometric of manufacturing and include technical specifications, equipment, machines, dies, mandrel and type of cut (mechanical, oxyfuel, plasma, among others) both manual, semi-automatic or automatic.

CR 3.2 machining of tubing to prepare (chamfering of edges, extruded, flaring and flanging) joints are determined based on the requirements, both for welding accessories.

CR 3.3 specifications of types of threaded joints are determined according to the type of fluid and pressure (BSP, NPT, metric, or other).

RP 4: Establish the test plan and test to check the level of reliability of service, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 procedures, human and material resources required for the testing and evaluation of outcomes is determined, collecting in the plan of testing and trials.

CR 4.2 elements of security and control (safety valves, pressure and temperature indicators) are determined according to the test plan and its development ensures tightness and implementation to point.

CR 4.3 checking the operation of the service is carried out under operating conditions more extreme that must withstand the product's lifetime in the test plan, ensuring the reliability of the evidence.

CR 4.4 the level of compliance of the product with respect to the regulations and the requirements for the technical specifications of the contract is verified by applying the test plan.

CR 4.5 elements to protect, both accessories and instruments of measurement, control and automation, are listed in the test plan, to prevent damage in conducting them and especially the elements of security and control (safety valves, thermostats, among others).

Professional context: means of production: equipment and software for computer-aided design: piping CAD. Specific applications of Office Automation.

Products and results: definition of the product in its technical and functional aspects. List of materials. Constructive solutions for industrial piping systems. Trials and testing plan.

Used or generated information: basic preliminary engineering instructions. Preliminary design, Assembly and manufacturing plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standardized elements. Commercial catalogs. Projects of industrial manufacturing processes. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Type-approval requirements.

Unit 3 competition: Develop LA documentation technique of the products of constructions metal level: 3 code: UC1148_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: drawing the plans of the designed product and specify the lists of materials, to define the product, from technical specifications, according to the process of manufacturing of metal constructions, getting the right quality and respecting the regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

1.1 CR manufacturing, maintenance and Assembly (accessibility, use of standard tools, ease of Assembly, automation, among others) is ensured in the definition of the product.

CR 1.2 planes are made by applying the rules of drawing and technical requirements (drawing formats, line drawing, dimensioning, tolerances, views and sections, among others).

1.3 CR settings and tolerances are set according to the role played by the pieces and the type of planned production.

CR 1.4 element is defined to allow its transport and handling safely, determining the dimensions of transport, clamping components, the protections in the transport, weight, or others.

CR 1.5 elements are represented using standardized construction forms (grooves, fluted, screws, among others) in order to standardize the product and ease of their manufacture and interchangeability.

2 RP: Draw plans for automation, pneumatic, hydraulic and electric circuits for the definition of the product, from technical specifications.

CR 2.1 schemes are made by applying the rules of drawing and technical requirements (formats of planes, lines drawing, dimensioning, among others).

CR 2.2 defined schemes are carried out conforming to the applicable regulations in what concerns safety, equipment, facilities and environment.

CR 2.3 the elements that make up the system are arranged to ensure and facilitate subsequent maintenance.

3 RP: Develop the technical dossier of the product (use and maintenance instructions, plans set, schemes, list of spare parts, among others) and technical reports related to the feasibility of design, needs of manufacture and, where applicable, putting into service, considering the project requirements or standards of reference.

CR 3.1 preparing instructions and necessary manuals according to the manufacturers instructions and product specifications, product maintenance is guaranteed.

CR 3.2 documentation (reports, plans, schemes, flat mounting, maintenance, presentation, or other) is ordered and check that it is complete.

CR 3.3 the procedure for preparation of the dossier is optimized, using resources (databases, text, editors, or other processor).

CR 3.4 report is elaborated considering the project's requirements or standards of reference (technical specifications, materials and products, functionality, maintenance, FMEA, modal analysis of failures and effects of the product and process, safety, costs, quality, media handling, storage and transportation, guarantee of supplies, among others).

CR 3.5 report is produced by expressing the obtained conclusions clear and orderly, adjusting to the received instructions and requirements demanded.

4 RP: Keep updated and organized the technical documentation required for the development of the product.

CR 4.1 'Historical' (FMEA or others), are updated by adding quality and making observations as well as modifications of the product, throughout their production and life.

CR 4.2 technical documentation is updated and organized, allowing to know the validity of the existing documentation (catalogues, magazines, quality manual, plans, or other) and systematically incorporates modifications affecting the drawings and technical documents.

CR 4.3 documentation is classified according to established standards and allows its easy location and access to it.

Professional context: means of production: specific applications of computer aided design: hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, and mechanical CAD. Specific applications of Office Automation.

Products and results:


Assembly drawings and drawings of products manufacture and Assembly of metal constructions. Bill of materials. Technical dossier. Use and maintenance manuals.

Used or generated information: drawing standards. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment. Standard elements. Draft plans. Specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogs. Diagrams and sketches.

TRAINING module 1: design of schemes of pipe INDUSTRIAL level: 3 code: MF1149_3 associated with UC: design schemes of industrial pipe duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical documentation, obtaining the information required to carry out the schemes of industrial pipe in accordance with established specifications and procedures.

CE1.1 identify and interpret the symbolism used in the representation of the schema to conform to the rules established for each field.

CE1.2 differentiate and characterize different types of circuits, depending on their performance.

CE1.3 in a practical course of development of industrial pipe schemes, characterized by the delivery of the technical documentation:-elaborate pipe schemes including machinery, equipment and elements that are incorporated into manufacturing.

-Indicate in the schemes list of components and technical.

-Indicate the connection of computers, address of speed, flow rate, pressure, fluid, pipe diameter, complying with the rules and regulations that affect the project.

C2: Determine the tubing, fittings, accessories and materials, to establish the components of the installation, complying with the applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 describe the different standardized elements (flanges, couplings, caps, pasa-tabiques, among others).

CE2.2 define and characterize approvals, certifications and recognition of materials that must have the fittings and equipment.

CE2.3 in a so-called practical for the determination of elements and equipment, characterized by a scheme of a pipe installation:-determine the pumps and machinery, relating it to the fluid, pressure and flow of the installation.

-Define valves, piping, actuators and accessories, justifying the decision.

-Indicate the chosen materials and surface treatments required to obtain established resistance, finish, cost, and quality.

C3: calculate the dimensions of them products designed, for support them loads and the caudal, complying with the normative applicable of prevention of risks labor and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 define the parameters involved in the calculation of the product (losses of load, flow, speed, among others).

CE3.2 define different types of boards of union and expansion (lire, seals, sleeves of dilation, among others).

CE3.3 in a practical course of sizing, where it is a diagram of an installation pipe:-calculate the losses of load and necessary flow.

-Apply the safety coefficient according to what mark the technical specifications of projects and equipment manufacturers.

-Calculate expansion depending on the routing of pipe and temperature.

-Size actuators and regulation equipment, taking into account the established margins of safety.

C4: Design automation of industrial pipe fittings, considering the conditions and the operating cycle, complying with applicable law of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 identify and characterize the different technologies of actuators and control equipment.

CE4.2 relate the schemes of power and command, with the characteristics of different actuators and operating cycle.

CE4.3 in a so-called Automation of installation of pipeline coaster, characterized by technical documentation:-establish the conditions and the working cycle, according to the specifications and the work process.

-Select the actuator and control equipment, justifying the decision.

-Locate the actuators under the criteria of functionality and productivity.

-Graphically represent the installation with power and control schemes.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.3; C4 on CE4.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents: 1. systems used in fluid physics background distribution process automation: pneumatic, hydraulic and electric.

Pneumatics and electro-pneumatics.

Hydraulic and electro-hydraulic.

Characteristics and application.

2 elements pneumatic and hydraulic used in pipes standardized elements: types, properties, criteria of selection, calculation, among others.

Valves. Actuators.

Command, control and safety systems: types, properties, criteria of selection, calculation, among others.

3 graphic representation of pipes and fittings techniques of representation.

Schematic representation.

4. calculation applied to the design of pipe loads determination.

Losses of loads.

Water hammer arrestor.

Calculation of the diameter of the pipe.

5 rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to installations of industrial pipe prevention of occupational and environmental hazards in industrial pipe fitting. Rules of application.

Risk assessment.

Legislative aspects.

6 joints of pipe mechanical joints: flanges.

Screw connections.

Soldered joints.

Applications.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the design of schemes of industrial pipe, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: design of facilities of piping INDUSTRIAL level: 3 code: MF1150_3 associated with UC: design facilities of industrial pipe duration: 150 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: design general provisions, sets and details of industrial pipe, for the definition of the installation, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 describe the different processes of welding and union for adhesives used in pipes, relating them with their applications.

CE1.2 define plates label and its use in installations, explaining their need.

CE1.3 define the shape and dimensions of the designed items (pipes, connecting elements, accessories, among others), based on the obtained calculations.

CE1.4 in a practical course of design of an industrial facility, where the design specifications are given:-carry out the routing of the pipeline, taking into account: definitive schemas, removing spaces, load losses, expansions, and interference with other services, machinery and valves.

-Define the sequence and addressing the Assembly on the basis of interference.

C2: Isometric drawing for manufacturing and industrial piping Assembly, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 identify and characterize different types of union (lire, together sliding joints of dilation, sleeves, among others), explaining its application.

CE2.2 define the different anchorage systems (tacos elastics, pins fit, among others), indicating their characteristics.

CE2.3 in a practical course of drawing of an industrial pipe routing, characterized by technical documentation:-make the isometric indicating degrees of curvature, lengths, radii, welding, among others.

-Establish characteristics, dimensions, pressure and materials of pipes and fittings, their types and models.

CE2.4 in a case study of installation of a machine or installation of pipeline equipment:-design the polin, taking into account the manufacturer's instructions and requirements of the installation, to avoid vibrations and cracks.


C3: Develop the specifications of cutting, forming and machining to the manufacture of industrial pipe, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 identify and characterize different types of cutting (mechanical, oxyfuel, plasma, among others) manual, semi-automatic and automatic, indicating their applications.

CE3.2 identify and characterize different types of machining (chamfering of edges, extruded, flaring, flanging, explaining its function.

CE3.3 distinguish between different types of threaded fittings (BSP, NPT, metric, among others), describing their characteristics.

CE3.4 in a so-called practical elaboration of the specifications of cut, characterized by the delivery of the manufacture of an industrial pipe installation general instructions:-make the cut list and formed on the basis of the isometric manufactured.

-Determine the machining of tubing, taking into account if you are to be welded, threaded, or otherwise.

C4: The plan of testing and trials to verify the reliability of the service pipe fittings, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 describe the trials and tests required according to the current applicable regulations.

CE4.2 determine equipment, safety and control elements needed to carry out the different tests and trials, indicating the function of each.

CE4.3 in a practical course of verification of the reliability of an industrial pipe installation service:-determine the testing plan indicating the procedures, human and material resources required.

-Define the values that ensure compliance with the requirements of the quality and safety required in the requirements of the contract and the laws.

-Document the process.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 on CE3.4; C4 on CE4.3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents: 1. Grafostatica applied to calculation of pipe composition, decomposition and balance of forces installations.

Triangulated structures. Calculation material resistance.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

Analytical study of structural elements subjected to efforts traction, compression, cutting, bending, twisting or others.

2. installations of industrial pipe systems of graphic representation.

Technology building.

Rules and tables.

Pipes. Supports. Dilators.

Idler Pulley.

Transport equipment.

3. processes of cutting, union and industrial pipe types and processes of cutting (oxyfuel, plasma, among others).

Types and processes of welding (MIG-MAG, electrode, TIG, among others).

Industrial pipe welding techniques: description, features and practical calculation of welded joints, welding angle, application of rules and tables in welded seams, deformations and stresses in the welded joint.

Bonds: description, features, practical calculation glued connections, application of standard and tables in bonds.

Types and machining processes (chamfering of edges, extruded, flaring, flanging, among others).

4 anchors used in installations of industrial pipe placement criteria.

Determination of loads.

Types and applications (tacos elastics, pins fit, among others).

5. plan of testing and trials in installations of industrial pipe determination of tests and trials.

Criteria for completion.

Acceptance criteria.

6. development of projects in industrial pipe needs to be considered in the development of an industrial piping project. Sources of information and consultation.

Components of a project. Description and analysis.

Piping in industrial building projects.

Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the design of installations of industrial pipe, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 3: documentation technique for products of construction metal level: 3 code: MF1148_3 associated with UC: drawing up the technical documentation of the products of metal constructions duration: 180 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: draw the drawings of building elements, collecting the technical information necessary for their manufacture, using computerized and conventional means, complying with the standards of quality and with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 choose the graphical representation system and the scale for each element.

CE1.2 represent in accordance with regulations, the elevations, plants, sections and details, which form part of the graphic information that contain levels.

CE1.3 define the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the rules of reference.

CE1.4 at levels specify technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or superficial treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others).

CE1.5 in a practical course of elaboration of technical documentation, which provides sketches and general instructions, make drawings of definition of products of metal constructions, complying with the standards and specifications required.

C2: Represent 'schemes' pneumatic and hydraulic circuits, for the definition of the installation, fulfilling the norms of quality and applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 identify and characterize the elements involved in pneumatic and hydraulic circuits.

CE2.2 sort information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 represent in accordance with the regulations, the pneumatic and hydraulic diagrams that are part of the technical documentation relating to the manufacture of the product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the designed product, organizing it and updating it using conventional and computer media, contemplating the project requirements or standards of reference.

CE3.1 draw up instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

CE3.2 prepare the dossier of the project by integrating (memories, plans, schemes, assembly drawings, characteristics of the materials, instructions for maintenance, with rules and regulations, or others).

CE3.3 describe the procedures of updating of the graphical information of the project, as well as document management.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.5; Complete C3.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively in the task force.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents: 1. graphic representation applied to the design of metal constructions views, cuts and sections. Sketch. The normalization.

Dimensioning according to the manufacturing process.

Been superficial. Dimensional and shape tolerances.

Sets.

Representation of standard elements.

2 representation systems applied to the principles of perspective Knight metal constructions. Knight perspective.

Principles of the axonometric projection. Isometric perspective.

3. representation of elements and metal construction sets. Views unions. Types. Features. Components. Graphic features that define a metal construction (industrial buildings, boilers, set of pipelines, among others).


4. developments geometric and intersections applied in those constructions metal bodies geometric.

Transformations.

Intersections.

5 products of metal constructions of computer aided design (CAD) program CAD-CAM, 2D-3D drawing entities. Object editing.

Isometric drawing. Three-dimensional modeling.

Models of surfaces and solids.

Sheet metal products and metal structures.

6. Office Automation applied to the design of metal constructions word processors. Editors.

Databases. Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

7. document management in metal construction organisation of a project. Procedures for updating documents.

8 pneumatic and hydraulics in metal constructions symbolism and representation.

Elements of the circuits and equipment.

Valves. Actuators. Remote control. Regulation.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the technical documentation of the products of metal constructions, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

Annex XIV professional qualification: Management of the production in manufacturing mechanical family professional: manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: FME356_3 general competition schedule and control the production in mechanical manufacturing, to ensure their fit with the goals of production and manufacturing orders, determining the lots which are manufactured and the beginning of its production, ensuring the supply of raw materials and semi-finished products in lines and manufacturing jobs applying criteria of quality, occupational health and environmental protection.

Units of competence UC1267_3: program and control the mechanical manufacturing UC1268_3 production: fueling the production processes of mechanical manufacturing environment professional scope professional develops his professional activity in the area of production, dedicated management / or to the production management in mechanical manufacturing, in entities of private nature, small, medium or large size companies both on their own and of others, irrespective of their legal form. Develops its activity depending, in his case, functional or hierarchically of a superior. Can be personal to its charge in occasions, by seasons or of form stable. In the development of the activity Professional is apply the principles of accessibility universal in accordance with the regulations applicable.

Sectors production is located in the productive sector of the processing industries of metals, in the subsectors of metal constructions, transformation and processing of metals, among others.

Occupations and jobs of work relevant them terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs of work is used with character generic and all-inclusive of women and men.

Programmers of production in manufacturing mechanical supply in mechanical manufacturing organization of production technical product training associate (330 hours) training modules MF1267_3 storage: techniques for programming and control of production in mechanical manufacturing (210 hours) MF1268_3: sourcing in mechanical manufacturing (120 hours) unit of competition 1: schedule and control the production in manufacturing mechanical level : 3 code: UC1267_3 professional accomplishments and performance criteria: RP 1: set the number of parts or items and the time of its manufacture to get subsets, products finished, processed or transformed in the sector of mechanical manufacturing deadline and maximum use of resources, from the technical documentation of the process and manufacturing orders.

CR 1.1 programming is performed depending on demand, available resources and sourcing external, allowing compliance with deadlines and obtain the established quantities.

CR 1.2 manufacturing operations described in the technical documentation and the phases are integrated into the programming and taking into account that:-the needs and operational situation of materials, means of production and human resources are required.

-The duration of the actual times of the various processes (time machine, waiting, Supplement for contingencies, interference, among others) are within the established range.

-He absenteeism, losses of labor, holiday, schedules of work, among others, as well as the level of yields means of them teams of work is considered in the programming.

-Sequence, the timing or the concurrency of operations and critical points of the process, are served according to the demands of manufacturing.

-Preventive maintenance needs are scheduled in relation to the needs of production.

CR 1.3 subcontracting are setting the deadline for the delivery of the finished product.

1.4 CR materials, parts and subassemblies of external supply, are included in the programming, optimizing the cost with the provisioning of quantities on the required dates.

CR 1.5 workshop loading and delivery of the product to customer are optimized to get the most out of resources and meet deadlines.

CR 1.6 production information management is optimized by using, depending on its complexity, computer (GPAO) production management applications.

CR 1.7 release of orders for manufacturing to production units, is made including the specification of quantities to be processed, delivery times and considering manufacturing forecasts and the availability of means.

CR 1.8 the technical data required for drawing up the programming is obtained from the technical documentation of the process.

2 RP: Control the production to achieve the intended objectives, proposing corrective measures when there are deviations.

CR 2.1 data concerning the occupation of workers, machines and consumed resources, are analyzed, checking that they are required and compared with the distribution of resources allocated in the time, correcting deviations detected.

CR 2.2 effects of bottlenecks are minimized by controlling the flow of materials and products, and reassigned resources that balance the production.

CR 2.3 deviations from production, with respect to the program, is overcome by reassigning tasks or adjusting the programming.

CR 2.4 production control is performed using computer applications GPAO (production management).

CR 2.5 corrective action shall apply taking into account the technical specifications.

3 RP: Manage data to know the evolution of the production and its effects.

CR 3.1 location and quick access to the documentation is made possible through their classification and systematic file.

3.2 CR file and registry updates systematically incorporating amendments affecting terms and technical documents.

CR the evolution of the production and its effects, 3.3 known steadily through the channels of information required or established.

CR 3.4 produced incidents are systematically evaluated to study possible improvements in the process.

Professional context: means of production: the Organization of production-specific computer applications in mechanical manufacturing (GPAO). Planning of enterprise resource (planning ERP) systems.

Products and results: programming and control of the production of the mechanical manufacturing. Allocation and optimization of human and material resources in the production plant.

Used or generated information: synoptic processes. Spreadsheets of times and methods. Diagrams and Pareto charts. Orders from manufacturing (delivery times, amounts, among others). Process planning. Data production (time, occupation, status, among others). Production scheduling. Preventive maintenance program. Roadmaps. Parts of manufacturing: production, stroke, accidents, incidents, among others.

Unit 2 competition: FUELING the processes production of manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: UC1268_3 realizations professionals and completion criteria: RP 1: determine the supply of materials, products and components, to ensure the supply, from the technical documentation of the process and the required production.


1.1 CR materials, products and components necessary for the production identify qualitatively and quantitatively on the basis of the established production program.

CR 1.2 the date of reception of the orders is set based on the needs of the production program.

CR 1.3 lots of materials and/or production/sales plan orders are checked, verifying that they are required by the expected needs and are calculated according to the established criteria, using where appropriate contrasting production planning systems that optimize the supply chain.

CR 1.4 list of materials is made according to the criteria, using the appropriate software applications.

CR 1.5 materials be provisioned prior verification of compliance with the technical requirements.

2 RP: Manage the warehouse, ensuring that stocks fit the scheduling of production to ensure the requirements of manufacturing, reducing the value of fixed assets.

CR 2.1 the optimal stock is determined by combining the requirements of manufacturing with the possibilities of provisioning, storage and rotation of stocks and responds to the needs of manufacturing.

CR 2.2 inventory of parts and materials is performed, by checking that the minimum and maximum stocks are indicated.

2.3 CR materials are stored allowing their location, available optimizes the available space, allow rotation and ensures their preservation.

CR 2.4 storage specific software applications, are used to facilitate their management.

CR 2.5 materials, components or products received are checked, verifying that they correspond to the specifications of the order, sending in his case to 'product control' the necessary samples for verification.

3 RP: Manage and control support between the different sections and jobs, to ensure the flow of material, ensuring compliance with the applicable rules of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 supply of work sheets, useful, parts and materials is made at the time required by the production program.

CR 3.2 handling of materials and products operations control is carried out, monitoring is complying with specified in programs and manufacturing orders, allowing to minimize time and travels.

CR 3.3 storage of materials, in sections or jobs is so allow and facilitate their location and easy disposal, optimising the available space and in compliance with regulations of handling and storage.

CR 3.4 defined media for transport and teams adapt to tooling, materials and elements that must be transported and are adapted to characteristics workshop to not produce damage in the transported or in your environment and comply with safety standards.

CR 3.5 transport to the job are optimized for lower cost.

Professional context: means of production: specific applications of provisioning, management of warehouse and used in mechanical manufacturing production. Planning of enterprise resource (planning ERP) systems.

Products and results: management of supply of jobs and mechanical manufacturing plant store.

Used or generated information: inventories. Manufacturing programs. Planes and manufacturing orders. Chips of monitoring and control. Applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment.

TRAINING module 1: techniques of programming and CONTROL of the production in manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: MF1267_3 associated with UC: program and control the production in mechanical manufacture duration: 210 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: analyze the technical documentation that is used in the planning and control of production in mechanical manufacturing, organizing and processing the information generated.

CE1.1 interpret the different types of documents (roadmaps, Bill of materials, work sheets, instruction sheets, load sheets, sheets of progress, among others) used in the Organization of production.

CE1.2 produce graphs and diagrams used in the studies of methods, planning, and programming (movement, tasks, time, among others).

CE1.3 prepare and complete the documentation used in the Organization of production with adequate data and information.

CE1.4 prepare the necessary documents for the Organization of production through the implementation of programmes and resources.

CE1.5 techniques to keep organized and updated registration data, file and technical documentation.

CE1.6 in a practical course where an assignment for mechanical manufacturing, the product documentation, layout and characteristics of the means of production is delivered:-determine the tasks and the cycle time.

-Elaborate diagrams of the process and the operation process.

-To develop the route diagram.

-Optimize the use of the means of production and human resources by determining the number of machines that can be addressed without interference.

-Graphically represent the cycle.

C2: Develop the program of mechanical manufacture of a serial product, on the basis of the process, the technical specifications of the product and delivery time.

CE2.1 explain how to eliminate bottlenecks and downtime in the mechanical manufacturing of a product in series.

CE2.2 explain lines balancing techniques, and interpret their respective instruction sheets.

CE2.3 explain how to set a load chart, analyzing the allocation of time.

CE2.4 describe the characteristics that must have a roadmap.

CE2.5 list and describe the most important programming techniques.

CE2.6 in a practical course where you will receive a custom mechanical manufacturing, the documentation for the product, quantity, delivery, cost, process manufacturing, time study, provision of the means of production, work schedule, labor issues, time for the maintenance and supply of production materials:-determine the daily and accumulated total production of each means of production and jobs.

-To determine the date of completion of the order and, where appropriate, duly quantified partial deliveries.

-Optimize the use of the means of production and human resources.

-To establish the roadmap for each piece, depending on the transformations and processes which need to undergo.

-Set the workload in different jobs, balancing the loads.

-Identify, by name or standard code, materials, supplies, tools and equipment required to carry out the various operations of the production.

-Establish preventive maintenance scheduling, on the basis of the maintenance plan.

-Generate information that defines: media and tools, tooling, parts and 'stock' intermediate routes.

-Apply a computer program for management (GPAO) production, tasks and movements.

C3: Identify and characterize models of production control used in mechanical manufacturing, analyzing existing control techniques, deviations from production and the causes that provoke them.

CE3.1 describe the production data capture process.

CE3.2 identify the causes that cause deviations in the production programs.

CE3.3 explain the techniques and resources needed to correct deviations from the production program.

CE3.4 calculate the variables of a process of mechanical manufacturing (production, performance, workload, unproductive time, among others), taking the relevant measures to streamline processes.

CE3.5 interpret and draw up reports for the monitoring and control of manufacturing:-graphical and statistical Indices.

-Stroke type assigned to each basic operation.

-Daily Planning of production control.

CE3.6 in a practical course where a production schedule established previously, with established deviations are available:-identify the causes of deviations.

-Apply techniques to solve deviations.

-Adjust the production program using GPAO software.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 regarding CE2.6; C3 on CE3.4, CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively with the team.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents: 1. political production different production scheduling: with limited stocks, regular and extraordinary production and batch production.

Production scheduling. Added plan.

Production capabilities and workloads.

Master production schedule.

Mapping and sequencing of workloads.

Productivity. Efficiency. Efficiency. Effectiveness.

2. lean production method «Just in time» (J.I.T.).

Level of production.

Kanban cards.


Method of technology for the optimization of the production (opt).

Theory of constraints (T.O.C.).

3. programming of project scheduling, PERT method.

ROY method.

4. planning of MRP and MRP II materials requirements planning needs.

Launch of orders.

5. control of the production techniques for the control of production.

Reprogramming.

Methods of monitoring production: PERT method, method of minimum cost method ROY, diagrams, Pareto charts.

6 documentation and Management documentation used in programming and production control. Integrated, computer-aided systems of planning and control of production.

Treatment, file and the documentation.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the programming and production control in mechanical manufacturing, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.

TRAINING module 2: supply in manufacturing mechanical level: 3 code: MF1268_3 associated with UC: fueling the production processes of mechanical manufacturing duration: 120 hours capabilities and evaluation criteria: C1: determine the needs of procurement of materials in function of the product and the work process.

CE1.1 explain the phases and techniques involved in a procurement process.

CE1.2 describe the specifications needed to be taken into account in processes for the supply (quantity, delivery, transport, among others).

CE1.3 explain the control procedures of procurement (warehouse control), points of distribution, time and form of delivery, destinations, among others, indicating the most common corrective action (discounts, return, among others).

CE1.4 in a practical course where you have a productive process, determine the needs of procurement of materials documenting the process.

CE1.5 manage the provisioning using specific computer applications.

C2: Analyze the procedures of procurement or distribution that guarantee deadlines set out in the programming of the production.

CE2.1 identify and characterize transport from the perspective of food supply and distribution.

CE2.2 identify the various items that make up the total cost of transport and supply to the jobs.

CE2.3 in a so-called practical where you have defined an operation of sourcing for various jobs:-choose the most suitable means of transport, in accordance with criteria of profitability and safety.

-Calculate possible routes to supply different points of destination.

-Calculate the cost of transport.

-Select those routes that optimize the operation.

C3: Analyzing processes of reception and storage, believing the Organization and internal distribution, handling system, complying with applicable law of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment.

CE3.1 describe the process of receipt of materials.

CE3.2 describe media manipulation used in the storage of products.

CE3.3 describe the different types of plant or job and your organization store.

CE3.4 identify and describe the types of packing and palletising technology used in each means of transport.

CE3.5 characterize the main inventory control systems, assessing their advantages, disadvantages and applications.

CE3.6 in a so-called practical where a warehouse and a certain product specifications are delivered to store:-determine the internal distribution (through the necessary sketches) areas and products.

-Represent the flow and the mobility of products in the warehouse that optimize the space and time.

-Identify the necessary means of manipulation.

-Describe the applicable safety standards.

-Use computer applications for warehouse management.

-Identify and characterize the current regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment applicable to products storage.

-Document the process.

Skills whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment: C1 with regard to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 regarding CE2.3; C3 on CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other skills: be responsible for the fulfilment of the objectives and the work that develops.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the productive process of the organization.

Participate and collaborate actively with the team.

Get used to the pace of work of the company.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents: 1. procurement of raw materials in production importance of logistics lines.

Computer information systems and management.

Objectives of logistics.

Sourcing and manufacturing logistics.

Management with suppliers.

Procurement policies.

Allocation of 'stocks'. Inventory control.

Loading and transport.

2 transport and supply modes of transport.

Evaluation of the transmission.

Supply routes.

Distribution and transportation logistics.

3. storage receipt of orders.

Storage activities.

Objectives of the storage.

Handling of the goods.

Packaging and labelling.

Methods of valuation of stocks.

Inventories.

Optimum stock levels.

Warehouse management software applications.

4. applicable regulations of occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment in transport and storage of legislative and normative aspects.

Risks due to the harmful elements in the workplace. Risk assessment.

Waste and products generated in the job: characterization, classification, use and treatment.

Protective equipment (individual, collective, and computers) used.

Parameters of the training context: spaces and facilities: the spaces and facilities will answer, in the form of classroom, classroom workshop, workshop practice, laboratory, or space, to training needs, in accordance with the professional context established in the competition unit associated, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of the trainer or trainer: 1. domain knowledge and techniques related to the provisioning of the production processes of mechanical manufacturing, which will be using one of the following ways:-academic training level 2 (Spanish framework for higher education qualifications), engineering or other upper level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of minimum 3 years in the field of skills related to this training module.

2. accredited educational competition in accordance with it to establish the competent administrations.